Loading...
2014.03.14 CC Retreat Agenda Packet              AGENDA EDMONDS CITY COUNCIL RETREAT Brackett Room ~ 3rd Floor, City Hall 121 5th Avenue North, Edmonds FRIDAY MARCH 14, 2014            9:00 A.M. - CALL TO ORDER / FLAG SALUTE   1.(5 Minutes)Roll Call   2.(5 Minutes)Opening Remarks   3.(5 Minutes)Approval/Amendments to Agenda   4.(45 Minutes) AM-6662 Code update and review   5.(30 Minutes) AM-6650 Update on Strategic Action Plan - Information on Action Items Related to City Council   (15 Minutes)BREAK   6.(30 Minutes) AM-6648 Report on Senior Center Strategic Plan   7.(15 Minutes) AM-6651 Discussion regarding Green Resource Center   8.(30 Minutes) AM-6647 Transportation Forecasting including re-establishing the Transportation Committee   (60 Minutes)12:00 Noon - Lunch   9.(90 Minutes) AM-6660 Discussion regarding City Council Consultant Services to improve communication between Council members and Council members and Administration.         Packet Page 1 of 265 10.(10 Minutes) AM-6655 Committee Assignments   11.(15 Minutes) AM-6656 Discussion Regarding a Youth Coordinator   12.Audience Comments (3 minute limit per person)   ADJOURN         Packet Page 2 of 265    AM-6662     4.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:45 Minutes   Submitted By:Rob Chave Department:Planning Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Code update and review Recommendation N/A Previous Council Action N/A Narrative The code revision project began in 2013 and is continuing this year (2014). Carol Morris is nearing the completion of her review of various code chapters; see the attachments for some of her work. Ms. Morris is providing model code chapters as well as commentary on our existing codes so that we can reconstruct the code in a legally defensible manner with improved organization and clarity. There are two additional parts to the reorganization: Step 1: Complete the reorganization, using Ms. Morris' legal guidance and suggestions as a base, but integrating Edmonds' standards and unique requirements and paying close attention to how people will access and understand the code -- i.e. the code's usability. Step 2: Finalize the code in an online format, making full use of the capabilities and features available via the City's online publisher, Code Publishing. After Carol Morris' work is complete, we will have $110,000 available to complete the project. Approximately $10,000 should be reserved for Code Publishing's work (step 2 above), with the balance ($100,000) available for a consultant to help complete the reorganization (step 1 above). The new Development Services Director will obviously be a key player in the project, and we anticipate this will be a very high priority for the balance of the year. Attachments Exhibit 1: Enforcement chapter Exhibit 2: Zoning Code chapter comments Exhibit 3: New Zoning Code draft Exhibit 4: Zoning issues memo Exhibit 5: Conditional Use chapter Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date Packet Page 3 of 265 City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 02:24 PM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 02:28 PM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 03:22 PM Form Started By: Rob Chave Started On: 03/10/2014 11:45 AM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 4 of 265 DRAFT 7/19/13 ORDINANCE NO. _____ AN ORDINANCE OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, RELATING TO ZONING AND SUBDIVISION CODE ENFORCEMENT, REPEALING CURRENT CODE ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES AND PENALTY PROVISIONS AND ADOPTING NEW, COMPREHENSIVE ZONING AND SUBDIVISION ENFORCEMENT PROCEDURES WHICH DESCRIBING VIOLATIONS, EXPLAINING THE PROCESS FOR INVESTIGATIONS AND ENFORCEMENT, LISTING THE ELEMENTS OF A NOTICE OF VIOLATION, DESCRIBING THE PROCEDURES FOR NOTICE, ISSUANCE AND SERVICE OF NOTICES OF VIOLATION, STOP WORK ORDERS AND EMERGENCY ORDERS, PROVIDING FOR HEARINGS ON APPEALS, DESCRIBING THE HEARING PROCESS, LISTING PENALTIES, REPEALING EMC SECTIONS 17.00.040, 20.110.010, 20.110.020, 20.110.030, 20.110.040 AND 20.110.050 AND ADDING A NEW CHAPTER 17.03 TO THE EDMONDS MUNICIPAL CODE. WHEREAS, the City has decided to update its Zoning and Subdivision Code enforcement procedures; and WHEREAS, the City SEPA Responsible Official has determined that this Ordinance is categorically exempt from SEPA as affecting only procedural and no substantive standards, pursuant to WAC 197-11-800(19); and WHEREAS, on _______________, 2013, the Planning Commission held a public hearing on this Ordinance and made a recommendation of _________ to the City Council; and WHEREAS, the City Council considered this Ordinance during its regular City Council meetings on ___________________ and _______________, Now, Therefore, THE CITY COUNCIL OF THE CITY OF EDMONDS, WASHINGTON, ORDAINS AS FOLLOWS: Packet Page 5 of 265 Section 1. Section 17.00.040 of the Edmonds Municipal Code is hereby repealed. Section 2. Chapter 20.110 of the Edmonds Municipal Code is hereby repealed. Section 3. A new Chapter 17.03 is hereby added to the Edmonds Municipal Code, which shall read as follows: Chapter 17.03 ENFORCEMENT Sections: 17.03.001 Intent. 17.03.002 Violations. 17.03.003 Responsibility to Enforce. 17.03.004 Investigation and Notice of Violation. 17.03.005 Time to Comply. 17.03.006 Stop Work Order. 17.03.007 Emergency Order 17.03.008 Appeals. 17.03.009 Appeal Hearing. 17.03.010 Civil Penalty. 17.03.011 Criminal Penalties. 17.03.012 Additional Relief. 17.03.013 Penalties for Subdivision Violations. 17.03.001 Intent. This chapter shall be enforced for the benefit of the health, safety and welfare of the general public, and not for the benefit of any particular person or class of persons. It is the intent of this chapter to place the obligation of complying with its requirements upon the owner, occupier or other person responsible for the condition of the land and buildings within the scope of the Zoning Code, Title 17 and the Subdivision Code, Title 21. No provision of, or any term used in this chapter, is intended to impose any duty to enforce, or any other duty upon the City o r any of its officers or employees which would subject them to damages in a civil action. 17.03.002 Violations. A. It is a violation of the Zoning Code, Title 17 and the Subdivision Code, Title 21, for any person to initiate, maintain or cause to be initiated or maintained, the use of any structure, land or property within the City, in a manner inconsistent with the underlying zone, or without first obtaining the permits or authorizations required for the use by the aforementioned codes. Packet Page 6 of 265 B. It is a violation of the Zoning Code, Title 17 and the Subdivision Code, Title 21, for any person to use, construct, locate, demolish or cause to be used, constructed, located, or demolished any structure, land or property within the City, in any manner that is not permitted by the terms of any permit or authorization issued pursuant to the aforementioned Titles; provided, that the terms or conditions are explicitly stated on the permit or the approved plans. C. In addition to the above, it is a violation of Titles 17 and 21 EMC to: 1. Remove or deface any sign, notice, complaint or order required by or posted in accordance with the aforementioned Titles; 2. To misrepresent any material fact in any application, plans or other information submitted to obtain any building or construction authorization; 3. Fail to comply with any of the requirements of Title 17, including: a) Storage of junk in residential zones (Sections _______ and _______); b) Keep litter or solid waste or allow litter or solid waste to accumulate on any property, sidewalks or planting strips, whether the litter or solid waste is deposited by the owner of the property or not. Solid waste and litter that is prohibited to accumulate includes but is not limited to: disposable packages and containers, cigarette butts, burning or smoldering materials, garbage and rubbish. This subsection applies to any solid waste or litter accumulation of which the total volume, if gathered together is in an amount in excess of (1) cubic foot or which contains any hazardous substances or which is an immediate threat to the health and safety of the public (Sections ___________);1 b) Construction or maintenance of structures in required yards in residential zones (Sections ______ and ______); and c) Keeping of animals (Section _____). 17.03.003 Responsibility to enforce. A. The Community Services Director shall have the responsibility to enforce this Chapter. The Director may call upon the police, fire, building, public works or other appropriate 1 I put this in as a place holder for language that would state that accumulation of litter is a violation of the Zoning Code. I added some language to define litter and solid waste, but this should be in your Zoning Code. This is just sample language and I suggest that you include the prohibition against accumulation of litter and solid waste in the Zoning Code, only referencing it here. Packet Page 7 of 265 City departments to assist in enforcement. As used in this chapter, “Community Services Director” or “Director” shall also mean his or her duly authorized representative. B. Upon presentation of proper credentials, the Director may, with the consent of the owner or occupier of a building or premises, or pursuant to a lawfully issued inspection warrant, enter at reasonable times any building or premises subject to the consent or warrant, in order to perform the responsibilities imposed by this Chapter. 17.03.004 Investigation and Notice of Violation. A. Investigation. The Director is authorized to investigate any structure or use which he/she reasonably believes does not comply with the standards and requirements of the Zoning Code, Title 17 or the Subdivision Code, Title 21. B. Notice of Correction. If, after investigation, the Director determines that the standards or requirements of the Zoning Code, Title 15, and the Subdivision Code, Title 17 or the provisions of this chapter have been violated, the Director may serve a Notice of Correction upon the owner, tenant or other person responsible for the condition using the service procedure set forth in subsection G herein. The Notice of Correction shall contain the following information: 1. The name and address of the person to whom it is directed; 2. The location and specific description of the violation; 3. A specific identification of each standard, code provision or requirement violated; 4. A specific description of the actions required to correct, remedy or avoid the violation or to comply with the standards, code provision or requirements, including but not limited to, replacement, repair, supplementation, re-vegetation or restoration; 5. The date by which compliance is required in order to avoid the imposition of monetary penalties. This date will be no less than 24 hours from the date and time that the notice is posed on the property or no less than three days from the date that the Notice of Correction is placed in the U.S. Mail addressed to the person identified in subsection (B)(1) above; and 6. A statement that failure to comply with the Notice of Correction may result in further enforcement actions, including the issuance of a Notice of Violation, civil fines and criminal penalties. C. Notice of Violation. After issuance of the Notice of Correction and expiration of the deadline established therein, the Director shall investigate to determine whether a violation still exists. If so, the Director may serve a Notice of Violation upon the owner, tenant or other Packet Page 8 of 265 person responsible for the condition of the property, using the service procedure set forth in subsection G herein. The Notice of Violation shall contain the following information: 1. The name and address of the person to whom it is directed; 2. The location and specific description of the violation; 3. A statement that the Notice (or Order, in the case of a Stop Work or Emergency Order) is effective immediately upon posting at the site and/or receipt by the person to whom it is directed; 4. The Notice of Violation may include or reference a Stop Work Order or Emergency Order requiring that the violation immediately cease, or that the potential violation be avoided; 5. The Notice of Violation may include or reference a Stop Work or Emergency Order requiring that the person cease all work on the premises until correction and/or remediation of the violation as specified in the Order; 6. A specific identification of each standard, code provision or requirement violated; 7. A specific description of the actions required to correct, remedy or avoid the violation or to comply with the standards, code provision or requirements, including but not limited to, replacement, repair, supplementation, re-vegetation or restoration; 8. A reasonable time for compliance; 9. A statement that the violation may result in the imposition of penalties, and if the violation is not already subject to criminal prosecution, that any subsequent violations may result in criminal prosecution as provided in Section 17.03.011 (or 17.03.013 for subdivision violations); 10. A statement that failure to comply with the Notice of Violation may result in further enforcement actions, including issuance of additional Notices of Violation, civil fines and criminal penalties; and 11. A statement that the Notice of Violation represents a determination that a violation has been committed by the person named in the Notice of Violation, and that the determination shall be final unless appealed as provided in Section 17.03.008, and that the appeal must be timely filed under the procedures set forth in 17.03.008(E) (within 15 calendar days of service of the Notice of Violation). D. Each Day a Separate Violation. Each day a person or entity fails to comply with the code provision cited in the Notice of Violation may be considered a separate violation for which a penalty may be imposed. However, no additional penalty for a continuing violation may Packet Page 9 of 265 be assessed without the provision of an additional Notice of Violation and an opportunity for an appeal. E. Service. The Notice of Violation shall be served on the owner, tenant or other person responsible for the condition in the manner set forth in RCW 4.28.080 for service of a summons, or personally, as set forth in RCW 4.28.080(15). In lieu of service under RCW 4.28.080(15), where the person cannot with reasonable diligence be served as described, the Notice of Violation may be served as provided in RCW 4.28.080(16). F. Posting. A copy of the Notice of Violation shall be posted at a conspicuous place on the property, unless posting the notice is not physically possible. G. Other Actions May Be Taken. Nothing in this chapter shall be deemed to limit or preclude any action or proceeding pursuant to Sections 17.03.006 (Stop Work Order), 17.03.007 (Emergency Order), 17.03.010 (Civil Penalty), 17.03.011 (Criminal Penalties), 17.03.012 (Additional Relief), or 17.03.013 (Subdivision Violations). H. Additional Notice to Others. The Director may mail, or cause to be delivered to all residential and/or nonresidential rental units in the structure, or post at a conspicuous place on the property, a notice which informs each recipient or resident about the Notice of Violation, Stop Work Order or Emergency Order and the applicable requirements and procedures. I. Recording. A copy of the Notice of Violation may be filed with the County Auditor when the responsible party fails to correct the violation and no appeal is filed, or the Director requests that the City Attorney take appropriate enforcement action. The Director may choose not to file a copy of the Notice or Order if the Notice or Order is directed only to a responsible person other than the owner of the property. J. Amendment. A Notice or Order may be amended at any time in order to: 1. Correct clerical errors; or 2. Cite additional authority for a stated violation. 17.03.005 Time to comply. When calculating a reasonable time for compliance in the Notice of Correction or Notice of Violation, the Director shall consider the following criteria: A. The type and degree of violation cited in the Notice; B. The stated intent, if any, of a responsible party to take steps to comply; C. The procedural requirements for obtaining a permit to carry out corrective action; D. The complexity of the corrective action, including seasonal considerations, construction requirements and the legal prerogatives of landlords and tenants; and Packet Page 10 of 265 E. Any other circumstances beyond the control of the responsible party. 17.03.006 Stop Work Order. A. Whenever a continuing violation of Titles 17 or 21 will materially impair the Director’s ability to secure compliance, or when the continuing violation threatens the health or safety of the public, the Director has the authority to issue a Stop Work Order prohibiting any work or other activity at the site. The Stop Work Order shall be in writing and served upon persons engaged in doing such work or causing such work to be done. The Stop Work Order shall be immediately posted on the property. Failure to comply with a Stop Work Order shall constitute a violation of this chapter. B. The Stop Work Order shall include the information in Section 17.03.004(B)(1) through (6). In addition, the Stop Work Order shall include a statement that the person to whom the Stop Work Order is directed or the property owner may file an appeal and request an expedited hearing with the Hearing Examiner within seven (7) calendar days after service of the Stop Work Order. If no appeal is filed and compliance is not achieved within the compliance date, the Director may ask the City Attorney to seek additional relief under Section 17.03.012 and/or the Director may file a Notice of Violation for the violation pursuant to 17.03.004, seeking compliance and describing penalties. C. Expedited appeal. The Hearing Examiner shall hold the expedited appeal hearing on a Stop Work Order according to the applicable procedures in Section 17.03.009. If the Hearing Examiner finds that a violation has occurred which has not been corrected by the deadline established for compliance, the Director may ask the City Attorney to seek additional relief under Section 17.03.012 and/or the Director may issue a Notice of Violation for the violation pursuant to 17.03.004, describing penalties. 17.03.007 Emergency order. A. Whenever any use or activity in violation of Title 17 or Title 21 threatens the health and safety of the occupants of the premises or any member of the public, the Director has the authority to issue an Emergency Order directing that the use or activity be discontinued and the condition causing the threat to the public health and safety be corrected. The Emergency Order shall be immediately posted on the property and served on the person(s) responsible. Failure to comply with an Emergency Order shall constitute a violation of this Chapter. B. The Emergency Order shall include all of the information in Section 17.03.004(B)(1) through (6). In addition, the Emergency Order shall include a statement that the person to whom the Emergency Order is directed may file an appeal and request an expedited hearing with the Hearing Examiner within seven (7) calendar days after service or posting of the Emergency Order. If no appeal is filed and compliance is not achieved, the Director may ask the City Attorney to seek additional relief under Section 17.03.012 and/or the Director may issue a Notice of Violation pursuant to 17.03.004, seeking compliance and penalties. Packet Page 11 of 265 C. Expedited appeal. The Hearing Examiner shall hold the expedited appeal hearing on an Emergency Order according to the applicable procedures in 17.03.009. If the Hearing Examiner finds that the violation described in the Emergency Order occurred or exist, any condition described in the Emergency Order which is not corrected within the time specified is hereby declared to be a public nuisance and the Director may ask that the City Attorney take action to obtain a warrant of abatement for the property in Superior Court. The owner or person responsible (or both) shall be responsible for the costs associated with the abatement, in the manner provided by law. 17.03.008 Appeals and Mediation. A. No appeal of a Notice of Violation citing criminal penalties. There is no administrative appeal of a Notice of Violation issued pursuant to 17.03.004 for violations which would subject the violator to criminal prosecution and/or the imposition of criminal penalties. A Notice of Violation or citation for a violation that subjects the violator to criminal penalties is enforced in municipal court. B. Expedited Appeal Hearings on Stop Work and Emergency Orders. An expedited public hearing shall be held by the Hearing Examiner, according to the procedures in this Section, on an appeal of a Stop Work or Emergency Order, regardless of whether the violations described in the Stop Work Order or Emergency Order would eventually subject the violator to civil or criminal prosecution and/or the imposition of civil or criminal penalties. The expedited appeal hearing shall be for the sole purpose of determining whether the Stop Work or Emergency Order was correctly issued and/or whether a violation occurred. C. Appeal Hearings on Notices of Violations Citing Civil Penalties. Unless an appeal of a Notice of Violation is filed with the Director in accordance with this Section, or an appeal involving an expedited hearing is filed, the Notice of Violation shall become the Final Order of the Director. The Final Order, including the collection of penalties, may be enforced by the City Attorney in Superior Court. D. Standing to file appeal. 1. Notice of Violation. Only parties of record have standing to file an appeal of a Notice of Violation. Parties of record are defined to mean: a. The property owner or the person responsible for the condition of the property; b. Any person who can demonstrate that he/she is aggrieved by the decision; and c. The City Council. Packet Page 12 of 265 2. Stop Work Order and Emergency Order. Only the property owner or the person responsible for the condition of the property may request an expedited appeal hearing for a Stop Work Order or Emergency order. E. Time to file appeal. 1. Notice of Violation under 17.03.004. The party of record must file an appeal with the Director within fifteen (15) calendar days of service of the Notice of Violation. 2. Stop Work or Emergency Orders under 17.03.006 or 17.03.007. The property owner or the person responsible for the condition of the property may request an expedited appeal hearing within seven (7) calendar days after service of the Stop Work or Emergency Order. 3. Computing deadline for filing appeal. For purposes of computing the time for filing an appeal, the day the decision issued shall not be counted. If the last day of the deadline for filing the appeal is a Saturday, Sunday or holiday designated by RCW 1.16.050 or city ordinance, then the appeal must be filed on the next business day. Appeals shall be delivered to the Director by mail, by personal delivery or by fax before 5:00 p.m. on the last business day of the appeal period. Appeals received by mail after 5:00 p.m. on the last day of the appeal period will not be accepted, no matter when such appeals were mailed or postmarked. E. Content of appeal. Appeals shall be in writing, be accompanied by the required appeal fee, and contain the following information: 1. Appellant’s name, address and phone number; 2. A statement describing appellant’s standing to appeal; 3. Appellant’s statement of grounds for appeal and the facts upon which the appeal is based with specific references to the facts in the record; 4. The specific relief sought; 5. A statement that the appellant has read the appeal and believe the contents to be true, followed by the appellant’s signature. F. Effect. The timely filing of an appeal shall stay any enforcement action based on a Stop Work Order, Emergency Order or Notice of Violation until the Hearing Examiner’s decision issues unless the Director finds that the violation causes an immediate threat to public health or safety. Packet Page 13 of 265 G. Mediation. After an appeal is filed, either party (the appellant or the City) may contact the other party to request mediation. If mediation is desired by both parties, and they are in agreement on all mediation issues (whether a mediator will be hired to mediate the dispute, who will pay the cost of the mediator, when mediation will take place, where mediation will occur, etc.) scheduling of the appeal hearing shall be held in abeyance. The appellant’s willful or negligent failure to appear at the mediation will terminate the mediation procedure, and the City will proceed to schedule the appeal hearing. 17.03.009 Appeal Hearing. A. The public hearing on an appeal shall include the following elements and be conducted as follows: 1. The Hearing Examiner shall set the time and place of the hearing, and arrange for notice of the public hearing to be provided, except in cases involving an expedited hearing. For expedited hearings, notice of the hearing shall be provided to the appellant and every reasonable effort shall be made to schedule the hearing within one week after receipt of the appeal. 2. A party to the appeal may participate personally or by an attorney. 4. The Hearing Examiner shall, at the appropriate stage in the proceeding, give all parties full opportunity to submit and respond to motions and file briefs and objections. 5. If the person requesting the hearing fails to attend or participate in the hearing (other than filing the timely request for an appeal hearing as provided in this chapter), the Hearing Examiner may issue a default order of dismissal. 6. To the extent necessary for full disclosure of all relevant facts and issues, the Hearing Examiner shall afford to all parties the opportunity to respond, present evidence and argument, conduct cross-examination and submit rebuttal evidence. 7. The Hearing Examiner shall cause the hearing to be recorded by a method chosen by the City, which shall allow preparation of a verbatim transcript. 8. The hearing shall be open to public observation. 9. All testimony of parties and witnesses shall be made under oath or affirmation. 10. Ex parte communications shall be addressed as set forth in chapter 42.36 RCW. 11. The scope and standard of review shall be de novo. The City shall have the initial burden of proof in cases involving notices of violation, stop work orders, emergency orders or penalties, to demonstrate by a preponderance of the evidence the existence of a Packet Page 14 of 265 violation or that the legal standard for imposing the penalty has been met. The Examiner shall grant substantial weight or otherwise accord deference whenever directed by ordinance or statute. 12. After the conclusion of the public hearing, the Hearing Examiner may allow the parties a designated time for the submission of memos, briefs or proposed findings, as long as the Hearing Examiner can still issue his/her final decision according to any applicable deadline established by this chapter. 13. At or after the appeal hearing on a Notice of Violation, the Hearing Examiner may: (a) Sustain the notice of violation; (b) Withdraw the notice of violation; (c) Continue the review to a date certain for receipt of additional information; (d) Modify the notice of violation, which may include an extension of the compliance date. D. Except with regard to expedited hearings, the Hearing Examiner shall issue written findings of fact and conclusions of law within 10 calendar days of the date of the completion of the hearing and shall cause the same to be mailed by regular first class mail to the person(s) named on the notice of violation, mailed to the complainant, if possible. A copy of the final decision may be recorded against the property in the County Auditor’s office. The decision on expedited hearings shall issue within five (5) business days after the completion of the hearing. E. The decision of the Hearing Examiner shall be final on a Notice of Violation, and no further administrative appeal may be filed. In order to appeal the decision of the Hearing Examiner on a Notice of Violation, a person with standing to appeal must file an appeal of the decision to superior court as provided under Chapter 36.70C RCW within the deadline set forth in RCW 36.70C.040.2 Following a finding of the Hearing Examiner of the existence of a violation at the appeal hearing, continuing penalties may be imposed by the provision of additional Notices of Violation and an opportunity for an appeal hearing. No additional penalty for a continuing violation may be imposed without the provision of additional Notices and opportunity for a hearing. 17.03.010 Civil Penalty. 2 Do you want to change this procedure? Packet Page 15 of 265 A. In addition to any other sanction or remedial procedure which may be available, any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter relating to the Zoning Code (Title 17), shall be subject to a penalty in the amount of one hundred dollars ($100.00) (Is this the correct amount? Do you want a per day penalty?) B. The penalty imposed by this section shall be collected by civil action brought in the name of the City. The Director shall notify the City Attorney in writing of the name of any person subject to the penalty, and the City Attorney shall, with the assistance of the Director, take appropriate action to collect the penalty. Each day of noncompliance with any of the provisions of the Zoning Code (Title 17) shall constitute a separate offense. C. The violator may show as full or partial mitigation of liability: 1. That the violation giving rise to the action was caused by the willful act, or neglect, or abuse of another; or 2. That correction of the violation was commenced promptly upon receipt of the notice thereof, but that full compliance within the time specified was prevented by inability to obtain necessary materials or labor, inability to gain access to the subject structure, or other condition or circumstance beyond the control of the defendant. 17.03.011 Criminal penalties. A. Any person violating or failing to comply with any of the provisions of this chapter or the Zoning Code (Title 17) who has had a judgment entered against him or her pursuant to 17.03.010 or 17.03.011 for the same violation within the past five years shall be subject to criminal prosecution and upon conviction of a subsequent violation shall be fined in a sum not exceeding five thousand dollars ($5,000) or be imprisoned for a term not exceeding one year or be both fined and imprisoned. Each day of noncompliance with any of the provisions of this chapter or the Zoning Code, Title 15, shall constitute a separate offense. B. The above criminal penalty may also be imposed: 1. For any other violation of the Zoning Code, Title 17, for which corrective action is not possible; and 2. For any willful, intentional, or bad faith failure or refusal to comply with the standards or requirements of the Zoning Code, Title 17. 17.03.012 Additional relief. The Director may seek legal or equitable relief to enjoin any acts or practices and abate any condition which constitutes or will constitute a violation of the Zoning Code, Title 17 or Title 21, the Subdivision Code, when civil or criminal penalties are inadequate to effect compliance. Packet Page 16 of 265 17.03.013 Penalties for Subdivision Violations. A. Any person, firm, corporation or association or any agency or any person, firm, corporation or association who violates any provision of Subdivisions, Title 21, relating to the sale, offer for sale, lease or transfer of any lot, tract, or parcel of land, shall be guilty of a gross misdemeanor and each sale, offer for sale, lease or transfer of each separate lot, tract or parcel of land in violation of any provision of Subdivisions, Title 21, shall be deemed a separate and distinct offense and subject to a separate citation. Continuing fines may be imposed by the provision of additional Notice of Violations and an opportunity for hearing. No additional fine for a continuing violation may be imposed without the provision of notice and the opportunity for hearing. B. Whenever land within a subdivision granted final approval is used in a manner or for a purpose which violates any provision of Subdivisions, Title 21, or any condition of plat approval prescribed for the plat by the city, the City Attorney may commence an action to restrain and enjoin such use and compel compliance with the provisions of Subdivisions, Title 21, or with such terms and conditions. The costs of such action shall be taxed against the violator. Section 4. Publication. This Ordinance shall be published by an approved summary consisting of the title. Section 5. Severability. If any section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance should be held to be unconstitutional by a court of competent jurisdiction, such invalidity or unconstitutionality shall not affect the validity or constitutionality of any other section, sentence, clause or phrase of this Ordinance. Section 6. Effective Date. This Ordinance shall become effective immediately after publication as provided by law. ADOPTED by the City Council of the City of Edmonds, signed by the Mayor and attested by the City Clerk in authentication of such passage on this ___ day of ____________, 2013. ______________________________ _______ Mayor Packet Page 17 of 265 ATTEST/AUTHENTICATED: City Clerk APPROVED AS TO FORM: _________________________ City Attorney Packet Page 18 of 265 Title 16 ZONE DISTRICTS Chapters: 16.00 Zone Districts – Preface and Purpose ...................................................3 16.10 Residential Zones – Purposes ...............................................................4 16.20 RS – Single-Family Residential ............................................................4 16.30 RM – Multiple Residential...............................................................10.1 16.40 Business and Commercial Zones – Purposes......................................12 16.43 BD – Downtown Business ..................................................................12 16.45 BN – Neighborhood Business ..........................................................16.7 16.50 BC – Community Business ..............................................................16.9 16.53 BP – Planned Business...................................................................16.13 16.55 CW – Commercial Waterfront .......................................................16.16 16.60 CG – General Commercial: CG and CG2 Zones ................................17 16.62 MU – Medical Use Zone.....................................................................19 16.65 OS – Open Space ................................................................................21 16.70 MR – Marine Resource .......................................................................22 16.75 MP – Master Plan Hillside Mixed-Use Zone ...................................22.1 16.77 OR – Office-Residential ..................................................................22.5 16.80 P – Public Use .....................................................................................23 16.100 Firdale Village Mixed-Use Zoning Criteria ........................................25 Carol’s comment: I have prepared a new chapter for the purpose sections only. This was because of our earlier understanding that the City will be inserting the permitted uses in each zone into a graph. Other comments appear in this chapter in red. Packet Page 19 of 265 Chapter 16.00 ZONE DISTRICTS – PREFACE AND PURPOSE Sections: 16.00.000 Title. 16.00.010 Purposes. 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. 16.00.030 Repealed. 16.00.000 Title. ECDC Titles 16 and 17 may be referred to as the zoning ordinance. 16.00.010 Purposes. In addition to the purposes stated in the city’s comprehensive plan, the zoning ordinance shall have the following purposes: A. To assist in the implementation of the adopted comprehensive plan for the physical development of the city by regulating and providing for existing uses and planning for the future as specified in the comprehensive plan; and B. To protect the character and the social and economic stability of residential, commercial, industrial and other uses within the city, and to ensure the orderly and beneficial development of those uses by: 1. Preserving and retaining appropriate areas for each type of use; 2. Preventing encroachment into these areas by incompatible uses; and 3. By regulating the use of individual parcels of land to prevent unreasonable detrimental effects of nearby uses. [Ord. 3240 § 1, 1999]. 16.00.020 Applicable to other titles. All uses in every zone district are subject to the general zoning regulations of ECDC Title 17 and to applicable regulations and policies contained in other titles of the community development code. 16.00.030 Adult motion picture theaters, etc., prohibited. Repealed by Ord. 3117. [Ord. 2279 § 6, 1982]. Packet Page 20 of 265 Chapter 16.10 RESIDENTIAL ZONES – PURPOSES Sections: 16.10.000 Purposes. 16.10.000 Purposes. The general purposes of the residential, or R, zones are: A. To provide for areas of residential uses at a range of densities consistent with public health and safety and the adopted comprehensive plan; B. Any growth or development should strive to preserve for itself and its neighbors the following values: 1. Light (including direct sunlight), 2. Privacy, 3. Views, open spaces, shorelines and other natural features, 4. Freedom from air, water, noise and visual pollution; C. To provide for community facilities which complement residential areas and benefit from a residential environment; D. To minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities by relating the size and density of new buildings to the land around them, the capacity of nearby streets, and the availability of utilities; E. To protect residential uses from hazards and nuisances, such as fire, explosion, noxious fumes and noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibration, heat, glare, and heavy truck traffic, which may result from other, more intense, land uses. Packet Page 21 of 265 Chapter 16.20 RS – SINGLE-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.20.000 Purposes. 16.20.010 Uses. 16.20.020 Subdistricts. 16.20.030 Table of site development standards. 16.20.040 Site development exceptions. 16.20.045 Site development standards – Single-family master plan. 16.20.050 Site development standards – Accessory buildings. 16.20.000 Purposes. The RS zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones of ECDC 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: A. To reserve and regulate areas primarily for family living in single-family dwellings; B. To provide for additional nonresidential uses which complement and are compatible with single-family dwelling use. [Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. Carol’s comment: I know that the City will be transferring the text of uses allowed in a particular zone to a graph. The first thing that the City needs to do is ensure that all uses are defined in the definitions chapter. In the definitions, the City can add any qualifiers. For example, that a church must meet the requirements of Section 17.100.020. The reason I am making this suggestion is because some of the text in this chapter doesn’t just identify uses or development standards. In some of the text, there appears to be permit procedures and this can be very confusing. 1. Single-family dwelling units; 2. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 3. Primary schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 4. Local public facilities that are planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; Carol’s comment: What is a capital improvement plan and why would this type of facility be allowed without a CUP simply because an agency outside of the City included it in their capital improvement plan? Does the City even have a capital improvement plan? If the lack of a capital improvement plan can mean that a CUP must be obtained, the term must be defined. 5. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Carol’s comment: If the property owner has to get an approval, like a master plan, in order to site the use in the single family residential zone, then it shouldn’t be listed as a permitted primary use. It’s not permitted outright – only after a plan is approved. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Foster homes; Packet Page 22 of 265 2. Home occupation, subject to the requirements of Chapter 20.20 ECDC; 3. The renting of rooms without separate kitchens to one or more persons; 4. The keeping of three or fewer domestic animals; 5. The keeping of horses, subject to the requirements of Chapter 5.05 ECC; 6. The following accessory buildings: a. Fallout shelters, b. Private greenhouses covering no more than five percent of the site, c. Private stables, d. Private parking for no more than five cars, e. Private swimming pools and other private recreational facilities; 7. Private residential docks or piers; 8. Family day-care in a residential home; Carol’s Comment: See my memo dated 2- 18-14 on family day cares, adult family homes and mini-day cares. 9. Commuter parking lots that contain less than 10 designated parking spaces in con- junction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. Any additionally designated parking spaces that increase the total number of spaces in a commuter parking lot to 10 or more shall subject the entire commuter parking lot to a conditional use permit as specified in subsection (D)(5) of this section, including commuter parking lots that are located upon more than one lot as specified in ECDC 21.15.075. 10. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(1). Carol’s comment: a bed and breakfast with 2 rental bedrooms is permitted as a secondary use, but a guest house with not more than 2 bedrooms requires a conditional use permit? Carol’s comment: The City is required to allow “adult family homes” as a permitted use in all areas zoned for residential or commercial purposes. RCW 70.128.140. The definitions do not include “adult family home,” which is “a residential home in which a person or persons provide personal care, special care, room and board to not more than six adults who are not related by blood or marriage to the person or persons providing the services.” RCW 70.128.010(1). C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. High schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 2. Local public facilities that are not planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to ECDC 17.100.050; Carol’s comment: Same as above. 3. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the require- ments of ECDC 17.100.070. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Preschools; Carol’s comment: I don’t understand why a primary school is permitted outright, but a preschool requires a CUP. 2. Guest house; Carol’s comment: I don’t understand why a bed and breakfast with 2 rental bedrooms is a permitted secondary use, but a guest house requires a CUP. 3. Amateur radio transmitting antennas; 4. Accessory dwelling units; and 5. Commuter parking lots with 10 or more designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. 6. Bed and breakfasts, as in ECDC 20.23.020(A)(2). [Ord. 3900 § 4, 2012; Ord. 3702 § 1, 2008; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. Packet Page 23 of 265 16.20.020 Subdistricts. There are established seven subdistricts of the RS zone in order to provide site develop- ment standards for areas which differ in topography, location, existing development and other factors. These subdistricts shall be known as the RS-6 zone, the RS-8 zone, the RS-10 zone, the RS-12 zone, the RSW-12 zone, the RS-20 zone, and the RS-MP zone. [Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. Packet Page 24 of 265 16.20.030 Table of site development standards. Sub District Minimum Lot Area (Sq. Ft.) Maximum Density1 Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Coverage (%) Minimum Parking Spaces2 RS-20 20,000 2.2 100' 25' 35'3 & 10' 25' 25' 35% 2 RS-12 12,000 3.7 80' 25' 10' 25' 25' 35% 2 RSW-124 12,000 3.7 — 15' 10' 35' 25' 35% 2 RS-10 10,000 4.4 75' 25' 10' 20' 25' 35% 2 RS-8 8,000 5.5 70' 25' 7-1/2' 15' 25' 35% 2 RS-6 6,000 7.3 60' 20' 5' 15' 25' 35% 2 RS-MP5 12,0005 3.75 80'5 25'5 10'5 25'5 25' 35% 2 1 Density means “dwelling units per acre” determined by dividing the total lot area by the density allowed by the underlying zoning; the number of lots or units permitted shall be rounded down to the nearest whole number. 2 See Chapter 17.50 ECDC for specific parking requirements. 3 Thirty-five feet total of both sides, 10 feet minimum on either side. 4 Lots must have frontage on the ordinary high water line and a public street or access easement approved by the hearing examiner. 5 “MP” signifies “master plan.” The standards in this section show the standards applicable to development without an approved master plan. Properties in this zone may be developed at a higher urban density lot pattern equivalent to RS-8 but this shall only be permitted in accordance with a duly adopted master plan adopted under the provisions of ECDC 16.20.045. [Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.040 Site development exceptions. Carol’s comment: Do these exceptions apply only to the single family residential zone, or do they also apply to the other residential zones? If so, should they be in a separate chapter or different location so that it is clear that they apply to all residential zones? A. Average Front Setback. If a block has residential buildings on more than one-half of the lots on the same side of the block, the owner of a lot on that block may use the average of all the setbacks of the existing residential buildings on the same side of the street as the minimum required front setback for the lot. Detached structures such as garages; carports; and uncovered porches, decks, steps and patios less than 30 inches in height, and other uncovered structures less than 30 inches in height shall not be included in the “average front setback” determination. An applicant for such a determination shall provide a drawing which locates the street property line for the entire block, as well as the existing street setbacks of all buildings Packet Page 25 of 265 required to be used for the purpose of calculating the “average front setback.” The drawing shall be prepared and stamped by a land surveyor registered in the state of Washington. B. Eaves and Chimneys. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. C. Porches and Decks. Uncovered and unenclosed porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above ground level at any point. D. Reserved. E. Corner Lots. Corner lots have no rear setback; all setbacks other than the street set- backs shall be side setbacks. F. Docks, Piers, Floats. Carol’s comment: Does the City’s SMP include these terms and regulations? Has someone reviewed the SMP to make sure that the Zoning Code and the SMP are consistent? 1. Height. The height of a residential dock or pier shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark. The height of attendant pilings shall not exceed five feet above the ordinary high water mark or that height necessary to provide for temporary emergency protection of floating docks. Packet Page 26 of 265 2. Length. The length of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed the lesser of 35 feet or the average length of existing docks or piers within 300 feet of the subject dock or pier. 3. Width. The width of any residential dock or pier shall not exceed 25 percent of the lot width when measured parallel to the shoreline. 4. Setbacks. All residential docks or piers shall observe a minimum 10-foot side yard setback from a property line or a storm drainage outfall. Joint use docks or piers may be located on the side property line; provided, that the abutting waterfront property owners shall file a joint use maintenance agreement with the Snohomish County auditor in con- junction with, and as a condition of, the issuance of a building permit. Joint use docks or piers shall observe all other regulations of this subsection. 5. Number. No lot shall have more than one dock or pier or portion thereof located on the lot. 6. Size. No residential dock or pier shall exceed 400 square feet. 7. Floats. Offshore recreational floats are prohibited. 8. Covered Buildings. No covered building shall be allowed on any residential dock or pier. [Ord. 3845 § 5, 2011; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. 16.20.045 Site development standards – Single-family master plan. Carol’s comment: So the single-family master plan is a separate zone? A. General. The “single-family – master plan” zone is intended to apply to the area lying along the south side of SR-104 north of 228th Street SW, where there are development constraints related to access and traffic on SR-104. Development in this zone may be approved at RS-12 standards without an approved master plan. Without an approved master plan or WITH an approved master plan? An approved master plan is required before any development can occur at RS-8 densities. B. Criteria for Approving a Master Plan. Properties seeking to develop at RS-6 or RS-8 densities shall be developed according to a master plan (such as through a PRD) that clearly demonstrates the following: What does this mean – the property owner has to apply for a PRD or is there a separate procedure for a “master plan?” If the latter, the City needs to establish this procedure in the section re: permits and approvals. It should not be in the zone development standards chapter. 1. That access and lot configurations shall not result in additional curb cuts or unmitigated traffic impacts on SR-104; at a minimum, a traffic study prepared by a traffic engineer approved by the city shall clearly demonstrate this requirement. 2. That the configuration and arrangement of lots within the master plan area provide for setbacks on the perimeter of the proposed development that are compatible with the zoning standards applied to adjoining developed properties. For example, a master plan adjoining developed lots in an RS-MP zone that were developed under RS-12 standards shall have RS-12 setbacks along common property lines, although the lot sizes, widths, and other bulk standards may conform to the higher density lot configuration approved through the master plan. [Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. Packet Page 27 of 265 16.20.050 Site development standards – Accessory buildings. A. General. Accessory buildings and structures shall meet all of the standards of ECDC 16.20.030 except as specifically provided in this section. B. Height. Height shall be limited to 15 feet, except for amateur radio transmitting antennas and their supporting structures. Garages or other accessory buildings attached by a breezeway, hallway, or other similar connection to the main building which results in a separation exceeding 10 feet in length may not exceed the 15-foot height limit. The separation shall be determined by the minimum distance between the outside walls of the main building and accessory building, exclusive of the connecting structure. Packet Page 28 of 265 C. Rear Setbacks. The normally required rear setback may be reduced to a minimum of five feet for accessory buildings covering less than 600 square feet of the site. Carol’s comment: I don’t understand why the standards relating to antennas are in the development standards for residential uses. The City has a separate section for wireless antennas, maybe the chapter could deal with antennas in general, and this could be inserted there. D. Satellite Television Antenna. A satellite television antenna which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter shall comply with the following regulations: 1. General. Satellite television antennas must be installed and maintained in compli- ance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required in order to install any such device. So, no zoning permit is required, only a building permit? 2. Setbacks. In all zones subject to the provisions contained herein, a satellite televi- sion antenna shall be located only in the rear yard of any lot. In the event that no usable sat- ellite signal can be obtained in the rear lot location or in the event that no rear lot exists as in the case of a corner lot, satellite television antennas shall then be located in the side yard. In the event that a usable satellite signal cannot be obtained in either the rear or side yard, then a roof-mounted location may be approved by the staff; provided, however, that any roof- mounted satellite antenna shall be in a color calculated to blend in with existing roof mate- rials and, in the case of a parabolic, spherical or dish antenna, shall not exceed nine feet in diameter unless otherwise provided for by this section. In no event shall any roof-mounted satellite television antenna exceed the maximum height limitations established by this sec- tion. 3. Aesthetic. Satellite television antennas shall be finished in a nongarish, nonreflec- tive color and surface which shall blend into their surroundings. In the case of a parabolic, spherical or dish antenna, said antenna shall be of a mesh construction. No commercial advertising of any kind shall be displayed on the satellite television antenna. 4. Size and Height. Maximum size for a ground-mounted parabolic, spherical or dish antenna shall be 12 feet in diameter. No ground-mounted antenna shall be greater than 15 feet in height unless otherwise approved for waiver as herein provided. The height of roof- mounted satellite television antennas shall not exceed the lesser of the height of the antenna when mounted on a standard base provided by the manufacturer or installer for ordinary operation of the antenna or the height limitation provided by the zoning code. 5. Number. Only one satellite television antenna shall be permitted on any residential lot or parcel of land. In no case shall a satellite television antenna be permitted to be placed on wheels or attached to a portable device for the purpose of relocating the entire antenna on the property in order to circumvent the intentions of this section. Carol’s comment: Same comment as above – this ham radio section should be in a chapter dealing with antennas, rather than in the chapter on residential uses. It is difficult to find here. E. Amateur Radio Antennas. 1. The following applications for the following approvals shall be processed as a Type II development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC): Is a building permit also required? Packet Page 29 of 265 a. Requests to utilize an amateur radio antenna dish which measures greater than one meter or 1.1 yards in diameter; b. Requests to utilize an antenna which: i. Would be greater than 12 feet in height above the principal building on a site. The height of the antenna shall be determined by reference to the highest point of the roof of the principal building, exclusive of the chimney or other roof-mounted equipment. The request to locate a 12-foot antenna on a building is limited to buildings whose height con- forms to the highest limit of the zone in which the building is located. ii. Would exceed the height limit of the zone when mounted on the ground or on any accessory structure (see subsection (E)(2)(d) of this section). 2. The application shall comply with the following regulations: Packet Page 30 of 265 a. Definition. “Amateur radio antenna” means an antenna, or any combination of a mast or tower plus an attached or mounted antenna, which transmits noncommercial communication signals and is utilized by an operator licensed by the Federal Com- munications Commission. Guy wires for amateur radio antennas are considered part of the structure for the purpose of meeting development standards. b. General. Amateur radio antennas must be installed and maintained in compliance with the Uniform Building and Electrical Codes, as the same exist or are hereafter amended. A building permit shall be required to install an amateur radio antenna. c. Location. Amateur radio antennas may be ground- or roof-mounted, however, these devices shall: i. Be located and constructed in such a manner as to reasonably ensure that, in its fully extended position, it will not fall in or onto adjoining properties; ii. Not be located within any required setback area; and iii. Be retracted in inclement weather posing a hazard to the antenna. d. Height. The height of a ground-mounted tower or roof-top antenna may not exceed the greater of the height limit applicable to the zone or 65 feet when extended by a telescoping or crank-up mechanism unless an applicant obtains a waiver (see subsection (F) of this section). Carol’s comment: This is another reason that the regulations applicable to antennas should be in a separate chapter. They include permit processes, like this waiver. If the City wants to have a process for an antenna waiver, it needs to include all of the requirements (list of elements of a complete application, description of the process, identification of decision-makers, etc.) i. Only telescoping towers may exceed the height limits established by subsec- tion (E)(1)(b) of this section. Such towers shall comply with the height limit within the applicable zone and may only exceed the height limit of the applicable zone and/or 65-foot height limit when extended and operating and if a waiver has been granted. ii. An antenna located on a nonconforming building or structure which exceeds the height limit of the zone in which it is located shall be limited to height limit of the zone plus 12 feet. e. Aesthetic. To the extent technically feasible and in compliance with safety regulations, specific paint colors may be required to allow the tower to blend better with its setting. F. Technological Impracticality – Request for Waiver. 1. The owner, licensee or adjacent property owner may apply for a waiver if: a. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the owner of a satellite television antenna to receive a usable satellite signal; b. Strict application of the provisions of this zoning code would make it impossible for the holder of any amateur radio license to enjoy the full benefits of an FCC license or FCC protected right; or c. An adjacent property owner or holder of an FCC license or right believes that alternatives exist which are less burdensome to adjacent property owners. 2. The request for waiver shall be reviewed by the hearing examiner as a Type III-A decision and may be granted upon a finding that one of the following sets of criteria have been met: a. Technological Impracticality. i. Actual compliance with the existing provisions of the city’s zoning ordinance would prevent the satellite television antenna from receiving a usable satellite signal or Packet Page 31 of 265 prevent an individual from exercising the rights granted to him or her by the Federal Communications Commission (FCC) by license, law or FCC regulation; or ii. The alternatives proposed by the property owner or licensee constitute the minimum necessary to permit acquisition of a usable satellite signal by a satellite television antenna or to exercise the rights granted pursuant to a valid FCC license, law or FCC regulation. b. Less Burdensome Alternatives. The hearing examiner is also authorized to consider the application of adjacent property owners for a waiver consistent with the provi- sions of subsection (F)(1)(c) of this section without the requirement of a finding that a usable satellite signal cannot be acquired when the applicant or adjacent property owner(s) establish that the alternatives proposed by the applicant are less burdensome to the adjacent property owners than the requirements which would otherwise be imposed under this sec- tion.(Carol’s comment: What? Adjacent property owners can apply for a waiver? I don’t understand the preceding sentence.) For example, adjacent property owners may request alternative or additional screening or the relocation of the antenna on the licensee’s property. In the interactive process described in subsection (F)(3) of this section, the hearing examiner shall attempt to balance the impact of the tower on the views of adjacent properties, as well as the impacts of alternative screening and relocation in order to equitably distribute any negative impacts among the neighbors while imposing reasonable conditions on the antenna, its location and screening that do not impair the rights granted by the FCC to the licensee. Packet Page 32 of 265 3. The process shall be an interactive one in which the hearing examiner works with the licensee to craft conditions which place the minimum possible burden on adjacent prop- erty owners while permitting the owner of the satellite antenna or holder of an amateur radio license to fully exercise the rights which he or she has been granted by federal law. For example, the number of antennas and size of the array shall be no greater than that necessary to enjoy full use of the FCC license. Carol’s comment: Is there an “array” in a ham radio antenna? Or are these regulations copied from wireless antenna regulation and not applicable here? Conditions may include but are not limited to requirements for screening and landscaping, review of the color, reflectivity and mass of the proposed satellite television antenna or amateur radio facilities, and other reasonable restrictions. Any restriction shall be consistent with the intent of the city council that a waiver to the antenna owner be granted only when necessary to permit the satellite television antenna to acquire usable satellite signal or to allow the licensee to exercise the rights granted by Federal Communications Commission license after consideration of aesthetic harmony of the community. The process employed should involve the interaction of the licensee or owner and the neighborhood. Certain issues have been preempted by federal law and shall not be considered by the hearing examiner. Such issues include, but are not limited to, the impacts of electromagnetic radiation, the potential interference of the amateur radio facility with electronic devices in the neighborhood and any other matter preempted by federal law or regulation. Impact on view and on the values of neighboring properties may be considered in imposing reasonable conditions but shall not be a basis for denial of a permit to construct the antenna. 4. The application fee and notification for consideration of the waiver by an owner of a satellite television antenna shall be the same as that provided for processing a variance. No fee shall be charged to the holder of a valid FCC amateur radio license. Carol’s comment: These regulations need to be re-written and relocated to a permit processing section of the code, and state exactly what is needed for a complete application, to describe the procedure for approval, criteria for approval, etc. They are very difficult to follow. 5. In the event that an applicant for waiver is also obligated to undergo architectural design review, the architectural design board shall defer any issues relating to the antenna and/or other amateur radio equipment to the hearing examiner. Carol’s comment: What is the trigger or section of the code that requires a ham radio antenna to undergo architectural design review? The hearing examiner may, at his or her discretion, request the architectural design board review and comment regarding required screening and landscaping and its integration into sight and landscaping plans. No additional fee shall be required of the applicant upon such referral. Carol’s comment: I don’t understand this. First, this subsection appears to state that an applicant could be required to undergo architectural design review (What exactly can be done with this type of antenna? Just install landscaping at the bottom of the antenna?) The next sentence states that the examiner has the discretion to put this in the lap of the architectural review board. This section needs to be eliminated. The code needs to identify the permit processes and all steps in the process, including the decision-makers. The hearing examiner should not have the authority to determine when a permit is referred to a different decision-maker. G. The provisions of subsections (D), (E) and (F) of this section shall be interpreted in accordance with the regulations of the Federal Communications Commission including but not limited to PRB-1. In the event of ambiguity or conflict with any of the apparent Packet Page 33 of 265 provisions of this section, the provisions of federal regulations shall control. [Ord. 3736 §§ 8, 9, 2009; Ord. 3728 § 3, 2009; Ord. 3547 § 1, 2005]. Packet Page 34 of 265 Chapter 16.30 RM – MULTIPLE RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.30.000 Purposes. 16.30.010 Uses. 16.30.020 Subdistricts. 16.30.030 Site development standards. 16.30.040 Site development exceptions. 16.30.000 Purposes. The RM zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones of ECDC 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: A. To reserve and regulate areas for a variety of housing types, and a range of greater densities than are available in the single-family residential zone, while still maintaining a residential environment; B. To provide for those additional uses which complement and are compatible with multiple residential uses. [Ord. 3627 § 1, 2007]. 16.30.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Multiple dwellings; 2. Single-family dwellings; 3. Retirement homes; 4. Group homes for the disabled, foster family homes and state-licensed group homes for foster care of minors; provided, however, that halfway houses and group homes licensed for juvenile offenders are not permitted uses in a residential zone of the city; 5. Boarding houses and rooming houses; 6. Housing for low income elderly in accordance with the requirements of Chapter 20.25 ECDC; 7. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 8. Primary schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 9. Local public facilities that are planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; Carol’s comment: what is a “capital improvement plan,” and do all agencies that could construct “local public facilities” have them? 10. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Carol’s comment: I think this section for permitted primary uses, should only include uses that are permitted without additional permits, like an “adopted master plan.” Carol’s comment: See my memo dated 2-18-14 re: family day care, adult family homes and mini day cares. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. Packet Page 35 of 265 1. All permitted secondary uses in the RS zone, if in conjunction with a single-family dwelling; 2. Home occupations, subject to the requirements of Chapter 20.20 ECDC; 3. The keeping of one domestic animal per dwelling unit in multiple-family buildings; 4. The following accessory uses: a. Private parking, b. Private swimming pools and other private recreational facilities, c. Private greenhouses covering no more than five percent of the site in total; 5. Commuter parking lots containing less than 10 designated parking spaces in con- junction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. Any additionally designated parking spaces that increase the total number of spaces in a commuter parking lot to 10 or more shall subject the entire commuter parking lot to a conditional use permit as specified in subsection (D)(2) of this section, including commuter parking lots that are located upon more than one lot as specified in ECDC 21.15.075. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Offices, other than local public facilities; 2. Local public facilities not planned, designated, or sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 3. Day-care centers; Carol’s comment: See my memo of 2-18-14 re: “day care centers,” family day care, adult family home, mini-day cares. 4. Hospitals, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums; Packet Page 36 of 265 5. Museums, art galleries, zoos, and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033; 6. Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers; 7. High schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 8. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the require- ments of ECDC 17.100.070. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Day-care facilities of any size to be operated in a separate, nonresidential portion of a multifamily residential dwelling structure operated primarily for the benefit of the resi- dents thereof; Carol’s comment: See my memo of 2-18-14 re: family day care, adult family homes, etc. 2. Commuter parking lots with 10 or more designated parking spaces in conjunction with a church, school, or local public facility allowed or conditionally permitted in this zone. [Ord. 3627 § 1, 2007]. 16.30.020 Subdistricts. There are established four subdistricts of the RM zone, in order to provide site development standards for areas which differ in topography, location, existing development and other factors. These subdistricts shall be known as the RM-1.5, RM – Edmonds Way (RM-EW), RM-2.4, and RM-3 zones. [Ord. 3627 § 1, 2007]. 16.30.030 Site development standards. A. Table. Subdistrict Minimum Lot Area Per Dwelling Unit4 (Sq. Ft.) Minimum Street Setback2 Minimum Side Setback2 Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Coverage Minimum3 Parking (Spaces Per Unit) RM-1.5 1,500 15′ 10′ 15′ 25′1,5 45% 2 RM-EW 1,500 15′ 10′ 15′ 25′5,6,7 45% 2 RM-2.4 2,400 15′ 10′ 15′ 25′1,5 45% 2 RM-3 3,000 15′ 15′ 15′ 25′1,5 45% 2 1 Roof only may extend five feet above the stated height limit if all portions of the roof above the stated height limit have a slope of four inches in 12 inches or greater. 2 RS setbacks may be used for single-family homes on lots of 10,000 square feet or less in all RM zones. 3 See Chapter 17.50 ECDC for specific parking requirements. 4 See definition of townhouse. 5 Maximum height for accessory structures of 15 feet. Packet Page 37 of 265 6 The maximum base height of any building fronting on Edmonds Way may be increased to 30 feet if the following apply to the site and proposed development: (a) At least 50 percent of the parking for the subject building shall be enclosed inside a building or buildings; (b) The subject property is at least five feet lower at its lowest elevation than any adjacent residentially (R) zoned property measured at its lowest elevation; and (c) The proposed development integrates low impact development techniques where reasonably feasible. For the purposes of this subsection, “low impact development techniques” shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: the use of bioswales, green roofs, and grasscrete. “Reasonably feasible” shall be determined based upon the physical characteristics of the property and its suitability for the technique; cost alone shall not make the use of the impact development unreasonable or unfeasible. Carol’s comment. The definition of “low impact development techniques should not be inserted here, in a footnote. The City should have regulations addressing the manner in which low impact development techniques can be used. 7 In addition to any height bonus under note 6, the building may extend up to an additional five feet if all portions of the roof above the height limit (after adding the height bonus under note 6) provide a minimum 15 percent slope or pitch. Packet Page 38 of 265 B. Signs and Design Review. See Chapters 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC for regulations. C. Location of Parking. No parking spaces may be located within the street setback. Carol’s comment: What is a “street setback?” Does this mean that the property owner has to provide off-street parking? D. Landscaping. In addition to the landscaping requirements set forth in Chapter 20.13 ECDC, any development in the RM – Edmonds Way zone shall retain at least 35 percent of the existing healthy significant trees within the side and rear setbacks of the development site. The applicant shall retain an arborist to determine the health of all significant trees within the side and rear setbacks. For the purposes of this section, “significant tree” shall be defined as any tree with a caliper greater than six inches measured at four feet above grade. Where it is not reasonably feasible for the applicant to retain 35 percent of the existing healthy significant trees within the side and rear setbacks, the applicant may replace any significant trees below the 35 percent threshold as follows: each significant tree removed that reduces the percentage of retained significant healthy trees below 35 percent shall be replaced with three new trees, each of no less than three-inch caliper measured at four feet above grade. [Ord. 3627 § 1, 2007]. 16.30.040 Site development exceptions. A. Housing for the Elderly. Housing projects for the elderly are eligible for special park- ing and density provisions. See Chapter 20.25 ECDC. Carol’s comment: Doesn’t the City allow housing for the elderly in other zones? If so, shouldn’t this be in the chapter relating to parking standards? B. Satellite Television Antenna. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.050 and reviewed by the architectural design board. Carol’s comment: Even the small ones? If all antenna standards were in a separate chapter, this would not need to be repeated in each chapter relating to each zone. C. Setback Encroachments. 1. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. 2. Except as authorized by subsection (C)(3) of this section, uncovered and unen- closed porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above the ground level at any point. 3. In the RM – Edmonds Way zone, uncovered and unenclosed porches, steps, patios, and decks may occupy up to one-half of the required street setback area along Edmonds Way; provided, that these structures or uses are located no more than 20 feet above the ground level at any point. D. Corner Lots. Corner lots shall have no rear setback; all setbacks other than street set- backs shall be side setbacks. [Ord. 3652 § 1, 2007; Ord. 3627 § 1, 2007]. Packet Page 39 of 265 Carol’s comment; Consider the adoption of chapters relating to development standards in all zones. If corner lots in all zones have no rear setback, this doesn’t need to be repeated in each chapter relating to each zone. Packet Page 40 of 265 Chapter 16.40 BUSINESS AND COMMERCIAL ZONES – PURPOSES Sections: 16.40.000 Purposes. 16.40.000 Purposes. The general purposes of the business and commercial (B or C) zones are: A. To provide for areas for commercial uses offering various goods and services according to the different geographical areas and various categories of customers they serve; B. To provide for areas where commercial uses may concentrate for the convenience of the public and in mutually beneficial relationships to each other; C. To provide for residential uses, community facilities and institutions which may appropriately locate in commercial areas; D. To require adequate landscaping and off-street parking and loading facilities; E. To protect commercial uses from hazards such as fire, explosion and noxious fumes, and also nuisances created by industrial uses such as noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibra- tion, heat, glare and heavy truck traffic. Packet Page 41 of 265 Chapter 16.43 BD – DOWNTOWN BUSINESS Sections: 16.43.000 Purposes. 16.43.010 Subdistricts. 16.43.020 Uses. 16.43.030 Site development standards. 16.43.035 Design standards – BD zones. 16.43.040 Operating restrictions. 16.43.000 Purposes. The BD zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. Promote downtown Edmonds as a setting for retail, office, entertainment and associ- ated businesses supported by nearby residents and the larger Edmonds community, and as a destination for visitors from throughout the region. B. Define the downtown commercial and retail core along streets having the strongest pedestrian links and pedestrian-oriented design elements, while protecting downtown’s identity. C. Identify supporting arts and mixed use residential and office areas which support and complement downtown retail use areas. Provide for a strong central retail core at down- town’s focal center while providing for a mixture of supporting commercial and residential uses in the area surrounding this retail core area. D. Focus development between the commercial and retail core and the Edmonds Center for the Arts on small-scale retail, service, and multifamily residential uses. [Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.010 Subdistricts. The “downtown business” zone is subdivided into five distinct subdistricts, each intended to implement specific aspects of the comprehensive plan that pertain to the Downtown Waterfront Activity Center. Each subdistrict contains its own unique mix of uses and zoning regulations, as described in this chapter. The five subdistricts are: Packet Page 42 of 265 BD1 – Downtown Retail Core; BD2 – Downtown Mixed Commercial; BD3 – Downtown Convenience Commercial; BD4 – Downtown Mixed Residential; BD5 – Downtown Arts Corridor. [Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.020 Uses. A. Table 16.43-1. Permitted Uses BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Commercial Uses Retail stores or sales A A A A A Offices A A A A A Service uses A A A A A Retail sales requiring intensive outdoor display or storage areas, such as trailer sales, used car lots (except as part of a new car sales and service dealer), and heavy equipment storage, sales or services X X X X X Enclosed fabrication or assembly areas associated with and on the same property as an art studio, art gallery, restaurant or food service establishment that also provides an on-site retail outlet open to the public A A A A A Automobile sales and service X A A X X Dry cleaning and laundry plants which use only nonflammable and nonexplosive cleaning agents C A A A X Printing, publishing and binding establishments C A A A C Public markets licensed pursuant to provisions in Chapter 4.90 ECC A A A A A Residential Uses Single-family dwelling Family day care? Adult family home? A A A A A Multiple dwelling unit(s) A A A A A Other Uses Bus stop shelters A A A A A Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020 A A A A A Primary and high schools, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R) A A A A A Packet Page 43 of 265 Permitted Uses BD1 BD2 BD3 BD4 BD5 Local public facilities, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050 C C C A C Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070 A A A A A Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted use B B B B B Commuter parking lots in conjunction with a facility otherwise permitted in this zone B B B B X Commercial parking lots C C C C X Wholesale uses X X C X X Hotels and motels A A A A A Amusement establishments C C C C C Auction businesses, excluding vehicle or livestock auctions C C C C C Drive-in businesses C C A C X Laboratories X C C C X Fabrication of light industrial products not otherwise listed as a permitted use X X C X X Day-care centers Carol’s comment: As commented earlier, the City needs to separately identify and define the uses that are statutorily defined and regulated. C C C A C Hospitals, health clinics, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums X C C A X Museums and art galleries of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033 A A A A A Zoos and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033 C C C C A Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers X C C A X Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070 C C C C C Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted use D D D D D Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC D D D D D Packet Page 44 of 265 A = Permitted primary use B = Permitted secondary use C = Primary uses requiring a conditional use permit D = Secondary uses requiring a conditional use permit X = Not permitted For conditional uses listed in Table 16.43-1, the use may be permitted if the proposal meets the criteria for conditional uses found in Chapter 20.05 ECDC, and all of the following criteria are met: Carol’s comment: Shouldn’t the criteria for approval of a CUP, even specific criteria applicable to a particular zone, be in the chapter relating to CUP? If there are criteria in each chapter relating to each zone, there is a risk that the criteria could be inconsistent with the criteria in the chapter on CUPs. 1. Access and Parking. Pedestrian access shall be provided from the sidewalk. Vehicular access shall only be provided consistent with ECDC 18.80.060. When a curb cut is necessary, it shall be landscaped to be compatible with the pedestrian streetscape and shall be located and designed to be as unobtrusive as possible. Packet Page 45 of 265 2. Design and Landscaping. The project shall be designed so that it is oriented to the street and contributes to the pedestrian streetscape environment. Fences more than four feet in height along street lot lines shall only be permitted if they are at least 50 percent open, such as a lattice pattern. Blank walls shall be discouraged, and when unavoidable due to the nature of the use shall be decorated by a combination of at least two of the following: a. Architectural features or details; b. Artwork; c. Landscaping. [Ord. 3932 § 6, 2013; Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3894 § 4, 2012; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.030 Site development standards. A. Table 16.43-2. Sub District Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback1 Minimum Rear Setback1 Maximum Height2 Minimum Height of Ground Floor within the Designated Street Front4 BD15 0 0 0 0 0 30' 15' BD25 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD35 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD43,5 0 0 0 0 0 30' 12' BD55 0 0 0 0 0 25' 12' 1 The setback for buildings and structures located at or above grade (exempting buildings and structures entirely below the surface of the ground) shall be 15 feet from the lot line adjacent to residentially (R) zoned property. 2 Specific provisions regarding building heights are contained in ECDC 16.43.030(C). 3 Within the BD4 zone, site development standards listed in Table 16.43-2 apply when a building contains a ground floor consisting of commercial space to a depth of at least 45 feet measured from the street front of the building. If a proposed building does not meet this ground floor commercial space requirement (e.g., an entirely residential building is proposed), then the building setbacks listed for the RM-1.5 zone shall apply. See ECDC 16.43.030(B)(8) for further details. 4 “Minimum height of ground floor within the designated street-front” means the vertical distance from top to top of the successive finished floor surfaces for that portion of the ground floor located within the designated street front (see ECDC 16.43.030(B)); and, if the ground floor is the only floor above street grade, from the top of the floor finish to the top of the ceiling joists or, where there is not a ceiling, to the top of the roof rafters. “Floor finish” is the exposed floor surface, including coverings applied over a finished floor, and includes, but is not limited to, wood, vinyl flooring, wall- to-wall carpet, and concrete, as illustrated in Figure 16.43-1. Figure 16.43-1 shows an example of a ground floor height of 15 feet; note that the “finished” ceiling height is only approximately 11 feet in this example. 5 Site development standards for single-family dwellings are the same as those specified for the RS-6 zone. Packet Page 46 of 265 Map 16.43-1: Designated Street Front for BD Zones Packet Page 47 of 265 Figure 16.43-1: Ground Floor Height Measurement B. Ground Floor. This section describes requirements for development of the ground floor of buildings in the BD zones. 1. For all BD zones, the ground floor is considered to be that floor of a building which is closest in elevation to the finished grade along the width of the side of the structure that is principally oriented to the designated street front of the building (this is normally the adja- cent sidewalk). For the purposes of this section, the ground “floor” is considered to be the sum of the floor planes which, in combination, run the full extent of the building and are closest in elevation to one another. For the purposes of this chapter, the definition of “ground floor” contained in ECDC 21.35.017 does not apply. 2. Designated Street Front. Map 16.43-1 shows the streets that define the designated street front for all properties lying within the BD zones. The designated street front is defined as the 45 feet measured perpendicular to the street front of the building lot fronting on each of the mapped streets. 3. Minimum Height of the Ground Floor within the Designated Street Front. The mini- mum height of the ground floor specified in Table 16.43-2 only applies to the height of the ground floor located within the designated street front established in subsection (B)(2) of this section. Carol’s comment: Have you thought of adopting a chapter that describes the manner in which measurements will be done? It would prevent the City from adopting inconsistent measurement procedures from zone to zone. The Seattle Zoning Code has one, if you want to take a look. Packet Page 48 of 265 4. Access to Commercial Uses within the Designated Street Front. When a commer- cial use is located on the ground floor within a designated street front as defined in subsection (B)(2) of this section, the elevation of the ground floor and associated entry shall be within seven inches of the grade level of the adjoining sidewalk. “Grade” shall be as measured at the entry location. Portions of the ground floor outside the designated street front of the building need not comply with the access requirements specified in this section. 5. When the designated street front of a building is on a slope which does not allow both the elevation of the entry and ground floor within the designated street front to be entirely within seven inches of the grade level of the sidewalk, as specified in subsection (B)(4) of this section, the portion of the ground floor of the building located within the designated street front may be designed so that either: a. The entry is located within seven inches of the grade of the adjacent sidewalk, and the commercial portion of the ground floor located within the designated street front is within seven inches of the grade level of the entry; or b. The building may be broken up into multiple frontages, so that each entry/ground floor combination is within seven inches of the grade of the sidewalk. c. For corner lots, a primary entry shall be established for the purposes of deter- mining where the ground floor entry rules detailed in this section shall apply. The first choice for the primary entry shall be either 5th Avenue or Main Street. In the case of the BD5 zone, the primary entry shall always be on 4th Avenue. Packet Page 49 of 265 6. Within the BD1 zone, development on the ground floor shall consist of only com- mercial uses, except that parking may be located on the ground floor so long as it is not located within the designated street front. 7. Within the BD2 and BD3 zones, development on the ground floor shall consist of only commercial uses within the designated street front. Any permitted use may be located on the ground floor outside of the designated street front. 8. Within the BD4 zone, there are two options for developing the ground floor of a building. One option is to develop the ground floor with commercial space, meeting the same requirements detailed for the BD2 and BD3 zones in subsection (B)(7) of this section. As a second option, if more residential space is provided so that the ground floor does not meet the commercial use requirements described in subsection (B)(7) of this section, then the building setbacks listed for the RM-1.5 zone shall apply. In the case where RM-1.5 setbacks are required, the required street setback shall be landscaped and no fence or wall in the setback shall be over four feet in height above sidewalk grade unless it is at least 50 percent open, such as in a lattice pattern. 9. Within the BD5 zone, one option is to develop the ground floor with commercial space, meeting the same requirements detailed for the BD2 zone in subsection (B)(7) of this section. When development of the ground floor does not conform to these requirements, then development within the BD5 zone shall meet the following requirements: a. The building shall be oriented to 4th Avenue. “Orientation to 4th Avenue” shall mean that: i. At least one building entry shall face 4th Avenue. ii. If the building is located adjacent to the public right-of-way, architectural details and/or applied art shall be incorporated into the building design to add interest at the pedestrian (i.e., ground floor) level. iii. If the building is set back from the street, landscaping and/or artwork shall be located between the building and the street front. b. Live/work uses are encouraged within the BD5 zone, and potential live/work space is required for new residential buildings if no other commercial use is provided on- site. i. If multiple residential uses are located on the ground floor, the building shall incorporate live/work space into the ground floor design in such a way as to enable building occupants to use portion(s) of their space for a commercial or art/fabrication use. “Live/work space” means a structure or portion of a structure that combines a commercial or manufacturing activity that is allowed in the zone with a residential living space for the owner of the commercial or manufacturing business, or the owner’s employee, and that person’s household. The live/work space shall be designed so that a commercial or fabrica- tion or home occupation use can be established within the space. Packet Page 50 of 265 Figure 16.43-2: BD5 Development Building at right (foreground) shows landscaping located between building and street. Building at left (background) shows commercial space integrated with residential uses, and the entry oriented to the street. Packet Page 51 of 265 10. Exceptions and Clarifications. The regulations for the ground floor contained in subsections (B)(1) through (9) of this section apply with the following exceptions or clarifi- cations: a. That in all areas the provision of pedestrian access to permitted residential uses is allowed as a permitted secondary use. b. The restrictions on the location of residential uses shall not apply when a single- family use is the only permitted primary use located on the property. c. Existing buildings may be added onto or remodeled without adjusting the exist- ing height of the ground floor to meet the specified minimum height, so long as the addition or remodel does not increase the building footprint or its frontage along a street by more than 25 percent. Permitted uses may occupy an existing space regardless of whether that space meets the ground floor requirements for height. d. Parking is not considered to be a commercial use for the purposes of satisfying the ground floor commercial use requirement within the designated street front (e.g., when the first 45 feet of a building are within a designated street front in the BD1 zone, parking may not be located within that 45 feet). e. For properties within the BD2 or BD3 zone which have less than 90 feet of depth measured from the street front, parking may be located in the rearmost 45 feet of the property, even if a portion of the parking extends into the first 45 feet of the building. In no case shall the depth of commercial space as measured from the street front of the building be less than 30 feet. f. Within the BD2, BD3 and BD4 zones, if the first 45 feet of the building as measured perpendicular to the street consist only of commercial uses and permitted sec- ondary uses, then permitted multiple-family residential unit(s) may be located behind the commercial uses. g. Recodified as ECDC 22.43.050(B)(4). h. Within the BD1 zone, each commercial space located on the ground floor within the designated street front shall be directly accessible by an entry from the sidewalk. C. Building Height Regulations. 1. The basic height limit for each BD zone is described in Table 16.43-2 (see defini- tion of “height” detailed in ECDC 21.40.030). 2. Within the BD5 zone, the maximum height may be increased to 30 feet if the build- ing meets one of the following conditions. In addition, if the building is located within 15 feet of the public right-of-way, architectural details and/or applied art shall be incorporated into the building design, and the ground floor shall be distinguished from the upper portions of the building through the use of differences in materials, windows, and/or architectural forms. a. All portions of the building above 25 feet consist of a pitched roof such that the pitch of all portions of the roof is at least six-by-12 and the roof includes architectural fea- tures, such as dormers or gables of a steeper pitch, that break up the roof line into distinct segments. b. If the building does not make use of a pitched roof system as described in sub- section (C)(2)(a) of this section, a building step-back shall be provided within 15 feet of any street front. Within the 15-foot step-back, the maximum building height is the lesser of 25 feet above grade at the property line (normally the back of the sidewalk) or 30 feet above the “average level” as defined in ECDC 21.40.030. For corner lots, a 15-foot step-back is required along both street fronts. If a building located on a corner lot has insufficient lot Packet Page 52 of 265 width (i.e., less than 40 feet of lot width) to enable it to provide the required step-back on both street fronts, then the step-back may be waived facing the secondary street. Packet Page 53 of 265 3. Height Exceptions. In addition to the height exceptions listed in ECDC 21.40.030, the following architectural features are allowed to extend above the height limits specified in this chapter: a. A single decorative architectural element, such as a turret, tower, or clock tower, may extend a maximum of five feet above the specified height limit if it is designed as an integral architectural feature of the roof and/or facade of the building. The decorative archi- tectural element shall not cover more than five percent of the roof area of the building. b. Roof or deck railings may extend a maximum of 42 inches above the specified height limit within any building step-back required under subsection (C)(2)(b) of this section; provided, that the railing is constructed so that it has the appearance of being transparent. An example meeting this condition would be a railing that is comprised of glass panels. D. Off-Street Parking and Access Requirements. The parking regulations included here apply specifically within the BD zone. Whenever there are conflicts between the require- ments of this chapter and the provisions contained in Chapter 17.50 ECDC, Off-Street Parking Regulations, the provisions of this chapter shall apply. 1. Within the BD1 zone, no new curb cuts are permitted along 5th Avenue or Main Street. 2. No parking is required for any commercial floor area of permitted uses located within the BD1, BD2, BD4, and BD5 zones. 3. No parking is required for any floor area in any building with a total building foot- print of less than 4,800 square feet. E. Open Space Requirements. 1. For buildings on lots larger than 12,000 square feet or having an overall building width of more than 120 feet (as measured parallel to the street lot line), at least five percent of the lot area shall be devoted to open space. Open space shall not be required for additions to existing buildings that do not increase the building footprint by more than 10 percent. Open space shall be provided adjacent to the street front (street lot line). Such open space may be provided as any combination of: Carol’s comment: How did the City come up with the five percent open space set aside? If this wasn’t the result of an individualized determination, we have a problem. Take a look at Citizens’ Alliance for Property Rights v. Sims, 145 Wash. App. 649, 187 P.3d 786 (2008). Let’s talk. a. Outdoor dining or seating areas (including outdoor seating or waiting areas for restaurants or food service establishments); b. Public plaza or sidewalk that is accessible to the public; c. Landscaping which includes a seating area that is accessible to the public. 2. Required open space shall be open to the air and not located under a building story. 3. In overall dimension, the width of required open space shall not be less than 75 percent of the depth of the open space, measured relative to the street (i.e., width is mea- sured parallel to the street lot line, while depth is measured perpendicular to the street lot line). Packet Page 54 of 265 F. Historic Buildings. The exceptions contained in this section apply only to buildings listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings. 1. If a certificate of appropriateness is issued by the Edmonds historic preservation commission under the provisions of Chapter 20.45 ECDC for the proposed project, the staff may modify or waive any of the requirements listed below that would otherwise apply to the expansion, remodeling, or restoration of the building. The decision of staff shall be pro- cessed as a Type II development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC). Carol’s comment: I don’t understand how a “decision of staff” is processed as a development permit application. a. Building step-backs required under subsection (C)(2)(b) of this section. b. Open space required under subsection (E) of this section. Carol’s comment: We need to talk about this before you enforce this open space requirement. 2. No off-street parking is required for any permitted uses located within a building listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings. Note that additional parking exceptions involving building expansion, remodeling or restoration may also apply, as detailed in ECDC 17.50.070(C). 3. Within the BD5 zone, if a building listed on the Edmonds register of historic buildings is retained on-site, Carol’s comment: what does it mean that a “building is retained on-site?” no off-street parking is required for any additional buildings or uses located on the same property. To obtain this benefit, an easement in a form acceptable to the Packet Page 55 of 265 city shall be recorded with Snohomish County protecting the exterior of the historic building and ensuring that the historic building is maintained in its historic form and appear- ance so long as the additional building(s) obtaining the parking benefit exist on the prop- erty. Carol’s comment: Isn’t this the type of thing that should be included in the chapter relating to historic buildings, rather than an individual zoning district? The easement shall continue even if the property is subsequently subdivided or any interest in the property is sold. Packet Page 56 of 265 G. Density. There is no maximum density for permitted multiple dwelling units. Carol’s comment: Is the insertion of the word “permitted” a typo? H. Screening. The required setback from R-zoned property shall be landscaped with trees and ground cover and permanently maintained by the owner of the BD lot. A six-foot mini- mum height fence, wall or solid hedge shall be provided at some point in the setback, except for that portion of the BD zone that is in residential use. I. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10, and 20.60 ECDC. Sign standards shall be the same as those that apply within the BC zone. J. Satellite Television Antennas. In accordance with the limitations established by the Federal Communications Commission, satellite television antennas greater than two meters in diameter shall be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of ECDC 16.20.050. Carol’s comment: Is there a reason to even address antennas in each chapter relating to each zone? Shouldn’t this be in a separate chapter re: antennas?[Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3865 § 1, 2011; Ord. 3736 § 10, 2009; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.035 Design standards – BD zones. Design standards for the BD zones are contained in Chapter 22.43 ECDC. [Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. 16.43.040 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building, except: 1. Public uses such as utilities and parks; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas, and commercial parking lots; 3. Drive-in businesses; 4. Plant nurseries; 5. Public markets; provided, that when located next to a single-family residential zone, the market shall be entirely within a completely enclosed building; 6. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC; 7. Bistro and outdoor dining meeting the criteria of ECDC 17.70.040; 8. Outdoor dining meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.75 ECDC; 9. Motorized and nonmotorized mobile vending units meeting the criteria of Chapter 4.12 ECC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Property Performance Standards. Carol’s comments: any nuisance in any zone will be addressed in the same manner, this section (B) should be eliminated. C. Interim Use Status – Public Markets. Carol’s comment: Shouldn’t this be in the section of the code relating to temporary uses, if a public market can only be authorized as a temporary use? Couldn’t a public market locate in other zones – how would these regulations be found here? 1. Unless a public market is identified on a business license as a year-round market within the city of Edmonds, a premises licensed as a public market shall be considered a temporary use. As a temporary use, the city council finds that any signs or structures used in accordance with the market do not require design review. When a location is utilized for a Packet Page 57 of 265 business use in addition to a public market, the public market use shall not decrease the required available parking for the other business use below the standards established by Chapter 17.50 ECDC. [Ord. 3932 § 7, 2013; Ord. 3918 § 1 (Att. 1), 2013; Ord. 3902 § 1, 2012; Ord. 3894 § 5, 2012; Ord. 3700 § 1, 2008]. Packet Page 58 of 265 Chapter 16.45 BN – NEIGHBORHOOD BUSINESS Sections: 16.45.000 Purposes. 16.45.010 Uses. 16.45.020 Site development standards. 16.45.030 Operating restrictions. 16.45.000 Purposes. The BN zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas, for those retail stores, offices, retail service establishments which offer goods and services needed on an everyday basis by residents of a neighborhood area; B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns by allowing uses that are oper- ated chiefly within buildings. 16.45.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Single-family dwellings, as regulated in RS-6 zone; 2. Neighborhood-oriented retail stores, retail service uses, excluding uses such as commercial garages, used car lots, taverns, theaters, auditoriums, undertaking establish- ments and those uses requiring a conditional use permit as listed below; 3. Offices and outpatient clinics, excluding commercial kennels; 4. Dry cleaning stores and laundromats; 5. Small animal hospitals; 6. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 7. Primary and high schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 8. Local public facilities designated and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 9. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Carol’s comment: Family day care and adult family homes. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Limited assembly, repair or fabrication of goods incidental to a permitted or con- ditional use; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use; 3. One dwelling unit per lot, in the story above the street floor, with a minimum lot area of 6,000 square feet; 4. Commuter parking lots that contain less than 10 designated parking spaces in con- junction with any local public facility allowed by this section. Any additionally designated parking spaces that increase the total number of spaces in a commuter parking lot to 10 or more shall subject the entire commuter parking lot to a conditional use permit as specified Packet Page 59 of 265 in subsection (D)(2) of this section, including commuter parking lots that are located upon more than one lot as specified in ECDC 21.15.075. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Commercial parking lots; 2. Drive-in businesses; 3. Businesses open to the public between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.; 4. Convenience stores; 5. Local public facilities not planned, designated, or sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 6. Day-care centers; Carol’s comment: The type of day care needs to be identified and adult family homes and family day cares cannot be authorized with CUP. 7. Hospitals, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums; 8. Museums, art galleries, zoos, and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033; Carol’s comment: I don’t understand how the City would make a decision about whether the use was “of primarily local concern.” 9. Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers; 10. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Packet Page 60 of 265 D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted or conditional use; 2. Commuter parking lots with 10 or more designated parking spaces in conjunction with a facility meeting the criteria listed under subsection (C)(6) through (10) of this section. [Ord. 3353 § 3, 2001; Ord. 3269 § 1, 1999*; Ord. 3120 § 1, 1996; Ord. 2759 § 1, 1990; Ord. 2660 § 1, 1988; Ord. 2283 § 4, 1982]. *Code reviser’s note: Ord. 3269 expired August 13, 2000. For provisions on the outdoor display of merchan- dise, see Chapter 17.65 ECDC. 16.45.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area BN None None 20' None1 None1 25' 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of lot area 1 Fifteen feet from lot lines adjacent to R-zoned property. B. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC. C. Screening. The required setback from R-zoned property shall be permanently land- scaped with trees and ground cover and permanently maintained by the owner of the BN lot. A six-foot minimum height fence, wall or solid hedge shall be provided at some point in the setback. D. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.050, and reviewed by the architectural design board. [Ord. 3846 § 1, 2011; Ord. 2526 § 5, 1985]. ( Remove?) 16.45.030 Operating restrictions. A. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building except: 1. Public utilities and parks; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas and commercial parking lots; 3. Drive-in businesses; 4. Plant nurseries; 5. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Performance Standards. Remove? [Ord. 3320 § 2, 2000]. Packet Page 61 of 265 Chapter 16.50 BC – COMMUNITY BUSINESS Sections: 16.50.000 BC and BC – Edmonds Way. 16.50.005 Purposes. 16.50.010 Uses. 16.50.020 Site development standards. 16.50.030 Operating restrictions. 16.50.000 BC and BC – Edmonds Way. This chapter establishes two distinct zoning categories, BC and BC – Edmonds Way. [Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007]. 16.50.005 Purposes. The BC and BC – Edmonds Way zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for those retail stores, offices, service establishments and amusement establishments which offer goods and services to the entire community; B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns by allowing uses that are oper- ated chiefly within buildings; C. To allow for mixed-use development which includes multiple dwelling unit(s) that support business uses; D. To implement the policies of Edmonds’ comprehensive plan for the Edmonds Way Corridor; E. To meet the goals of the Growth Management Act and the city of Edmonds’ com- prehensive plan for housing diversity and economical vitality. [Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997. Formerly 16.50.000]. 16.50.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Single-family dwellings, as regulated in RS-6 zone; 2. Retail stores, offices and service uses, excluding intense uses, such as trailer sales, used car lots (except as part of a new car sales and service dealer), and heavy equipment sales and services; 3. New automobile sales and service; 4. Dry cleaning and laundry plants which use only nonflammable and nonexplosive cleaning agents; 5. Printing, publishing and binding establishments; 6. Bus stop shelters; 7. Public markets licensed pursuant to provisions in Chapter 4.90 ECC; 8. Multiple Dwelling Unit(s). This use may not be located on the ground floor of a structure; Packet Page 62 of 265 9. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 10. Primary and high schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 11. Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 12. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Carol’s comment: adult family homes and family day care. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Limited assembly, repair or fabrication of goods incidental to a permitted or con- ditional use; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use; 3. Commuter parking lots in conjunction with a facility meeting the criteria listed under subsections (C)(11) through (14) of this section, except that the facility may also be located along a designated transit route in addition to an arterial or collector street. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Commercial parking lots; 2. Wholesale uses; 3. Hotels and motels; 4. Amusement establishments; 5. Auction businesses, excluding vehicle or livestock auctions; 6. Drive-in businesses; 7. Laboratories; Packet Page 63 of 265 8. Fabrication of light industrial products; 9. Convenience stores; 10. Day-care centers; Separate out from adult family homes and family day care. 11. Hospitals, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums; 12. Museums, art galleries, zoos, and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033; 13. Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers; 14. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted or conditional use; 2. Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC. [Ord. 3932 § 4, 2013; Ord. 3894 § 2, 2012; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3353 § 4, 2001; Ord. 3269 § 2, 1999*; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. *Code reviser’s note: Ord. 3269 expired August 13, 2000. For provisions on the outdoor display of merchan- dise, see Chapter 17.65 ECDC. Packet Page 64 of 265 16.50.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area BC None None None None1 None1 25′2 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of lot area BC – Edmonds Way None None None None1 None1 35′3,4 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of lot area 1 The setback for buildings and structures located at or above grade (exempting buildings and structures entirely below the surface of the ground) shall be 15 feet from the lot line adjacent to residentially (R) zoned property. 2 Roof only may extend five feet above the stated height limit if all portions of the roof above the stated height are modulated in design and are designed as a hip, gable, arch, shed or other similar roof form (see illustrations). Vertical parapet walls or flat roofs with a pitch of less than 3-in-12 are not allowed to protrude above the 25-foot height limit unless they are part of an approved modulated design. 3 The stated height limit may be increased to 40 feet; provided, that: (a) The street setback of any proposed building shall be increased to four feet in depth. Type III landscaping shall be located within this setback. This landscaping may be located immediately adjacent to the building, or may be combined with other landscaping within or adjoining the right-of-way. In addition, the third and fourth stories of any proposed building shall be further stepped back an additional six feet from the street frontage along all street fronts; (b) Where the proposed development abuts a single-family residential (RS) zoned property, in addition to complying with subsection (a) of this footnote, the proposed development shall modulate the design of any building facades facing the single-family residentially (RS) zoned property; (c) The proposed development integrates low impact development techniques where reasonably feasible. For the purposes of this subsection, “low impact development techniques” shall include, but shall not be limited to, the following: the use of bioswales, green roofs, and grasscrete. “Reasonably feasible” shall be determined based upon the physical characteristics of the property and its suitability for the technique; cost alone shall not render the use of low impact techniques unreasonable or unfeasible; Low impact development standards should be in a separate chapter. The city shouldn’t be defining “low impact development techniques” over and over again in each chapter. (d) The required setback from R zoned property shall be permanently landscaped with Type I landscaping permanently maintained by the owner of the BC lot; and (e) For any buildings fronting on Edmonds Way, the maximum height of the wall or facade along Edmonds Way shall not exceed 45 feet as measured at the Edmonds Way property line. 4 In addition to any height bonus under note 3, the building may extend up to an additional five feet if all portions of the building above the height limit (after adding the height bonus under note 3) integrate distinctive architectural features that enhance and are integrated into the overall design of the building. For purposes of this subsection, distinctive architectural features may include articulation, changes of materials, offsets, angles or curves of facades, or the use of distinctive roof forms. Packet Page 65 of 265 B. Ground Floor. Development on the ground floor shall consist of only commercial uses to a minimum depth of 30 feet as measured from the street front of the building, with the following exceptions or clarifications: 1. That in all areas the provision of pedestrian access to permitted residential uses is allowed. 2. This provision shall not apply when a single-family use is the primary use on the property. 3. With respect to, but only to, property located on the Fifth Avenue entrance corridor, south of Walnut Street, in which the first 60 feet of the building as measured from Fifth Avenue consists only of commercial uses; and with respect to which the subject property shares a property line with single-family or multifamily zoned properties, then multifamily units may be located on the ground floor in such a manner that they face the adjacent resi- dentially zoned property. 4. In the BC – Edmonds Way zone, where the street frontage of the total site proposed for development exceeds 150 feet in length, this requirement shall apply to only 60 percent of the ground floor street frontage of any proposed building. The remaining 40 percent may include any other uses permitted in the BC – Edmonds Way zone, including, but not limited to, off-street parking or live/work space. C. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10, and 20.60 ECDC. D. Density. There is no maximum density for permitted multiple dwelling units. Carol’s comment: What does this mean? Does the developer have to obtain a permit first to increase the density and then, because the permit has been obtained, density is not an issue? Packet Page 66 of 265 E. Screening. The required setback from R zoned property shall be permanently land- scaped with trees and ground cover and permanently maintained by the owner of the BC lot. A six-foot minimum height fence, wall or solid hedge shall be provided at some point in the setback. F. Satellite Television Antennas. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.050 and reviewed by the architectural design board. Remove? [Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3539 § 1, 2005; Ord. 3518 § 1, 2004; Ord. 3492 § 1, 2004; Ord. 3256 § 1, 1999; Ord. 3232 § 1, 1998; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. Packet Page 67 of 265 16.50.030 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building, except: 1. Public utilities and parks; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas, and commercial parking lots; 3. Drive-in businesses; 4. Plant nurseries; 5. Public markets; provided, that when located next to a single-family residential zone, the market shall be entirely within a completely enclosed building; 6. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC; 7. Motorized and nonmotorized mobile vending units meeting the criteria of Chapter 4.12 ECC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Property Performance Standards. Eliminate. C. Interim Use Status – Public Markets. 1. Unless a public market is identified on a business license as a year-round market within the city of Edmonds, a premises licensed as a public market shall be considered a temporary use. As a temporary use, the city council finds that any signs or structures used in accordance with the market do not require design review. When a location is utilized for a business use in addition to a public market, the public market use shall not decrease the required available parking for the other business use below the standards established by Chapter 17.50 ECDC. Put this in the temporary use permit chapter?[Ord. 3932 § 5, 2013; Ord. 3902 § 3, 2012; Ord. 3894 § 3, 2012; Ord. 3627 § 2, 2007; Ord. 3320 § 3, 2000; Ord. 3147 § 1, 1997]. Packet Page 68 of 265 Chapter 16.53 BP – PLANNED BUSINESS Sections: 16.53.000 Purpose. 16.53.010 Uses. 16.53.020 Site development standards. 16.53.000 Purpose. The BP zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for those small scale neighborhood-oriented retail stores, offices and retail service establishments which offer goods and services needed on an everyday basis by residents of adjacent neighborhood areas. B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns which provide a transition to and do not intrude into adjacent residential neighborhoods. C. To permit uses which allow for controlled access by arterial traffic but which do not contribute significantly to traffic congestion. D. To permit uses which provide for pedestrian and transit access to development from adjacent neighborhoods. E. To permit commercial uses which utilize site designs which allow for and promote shared access with adjacent commercial parcels. [Ord. 3127 § 1, 1997]. 16.53.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Single-family dwellings in accordance with the regulations applicable to the RS-6 zone, Chapter 16.20 ECDC; 2. Business or professional offices or studios; 3. Small-scale retail sales or services not exceeding 5,000 square feet of cumulative space on a site, such as convenience stores, video stores, barber shops, beauty shops, gift shops, bookstores, florists/nurseries, dry cleaning stores and laundromats; Packet Page 69 of 265 4. Art galleries; 5. Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020; 6. Primary and high schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 7. Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; See C(6) below. 8. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Family day car and adult family homes. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Limited assembly or repair of goods incidental to a permitted or conditional use; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use; 3. Multiple residential, in the story above the street floor. C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Medical, dental and veterinary clinics, including supporting uses such as pharma- cies and laboratories. Veterinary clinics may include the boarding of animals under veteri- nary care but not commercial kennels; 2. Businesses open to the public between the hours of 11:00 p.m. and 6:00 a.m.; 3. Financial institutions; 4. Restaurants providing on-premises service to seated or walk-in patrons; Carol’s comment: what does this mean? That the restaurant can’t have a take-out service? 5. Small-scale retail sales or services greater than 5,000 square feet in an area of cumulative space on a site, but not exceeding 10,000 square feet of cumulative space on a site, such as convenience stores, video stores, barber shops, beauty shops, gift shops, book- stores, florists/nurseries, dry cleaning stores and laundromats; 6. Local public facilities not planned, designated, or sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; Carol’s comment: I don’t understand why all local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050 are permitted in A(7) above, but local public facilities that are not planned designated or site in the capital improvement plan also subject to ECDC 17.100.050 require a CUP. Seems like the latter should be a subset of the former. 7. Day-care centers Need to eliminate from this definition the adult family homes and family day care; Packet Page 70 of 265 8. Hospitals, convalescent homes, rest homes, sanitariums; 9. Museums, art galleries, zoos, and aquariums of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033; 10. Counseling centers and residential treatment facilities for current alcoholics and drug abusers; 11. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. D. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted or conditional use. E. Prohibited Uses. Any use not specifically set forth herein, including but not limited to: 1. Automobile service stations; 2. Drive-in/drive-thru businesses. [Ord. 3353 § 5, 2001; Ord. 3127 § 1, 1997]. 16.53.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Except as hereinafter provided, development requirements shall be as follows: Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side/Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area BP None None 15′ None1 25′2 None 1 Fifteen feet from lot lines adjacent to R-zoned property. 2 Roof only may extend five feet above the stated height limit if all portions of the roof above the stated height have a slope of four inches in 12 inches or greater. B. Signs, Access, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC. Sign standards shall be the same as those for the BN – neighborhood business zon- ing classification. Access to BP-zoned property shall be combined whenever possible with adjacent properties through the use of internal circulation or frontage driveways. C. The required setback from R-zoned property shall be landscaped with trees and ground cover and continuously maintained by the owner of the BP lot. A six-foot minimum height fence, wall or dense, continuous hedge shall be maintained in the setback. [Ord. 3127 § 1, 1997]. Packet Page 71 of 265 Chapter 16.55 CW – COMMERCIAL WATERFRONT Sections: 16.55.000 Purposes. 16.55.010 Uses. 16.55.020 Site development standards. 16.55.030 Operating restrictions. 16.55.000 Purposes. The CW zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for water-dependent and water-related uses and for uses which will attract pedestrians to the waterfront; B. To protect and enhance the natural features of the waterfront, and encourage public use of the waterfront; C. To ensure physical and visual access to the waterfront for the public. 16.55.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Marine-oriented services; 2. Retail uses which are either marine-oriented or pedestrian-oriented, excluding drive-in businesses; 3. Petroleum products storage and distribution; 4. Offices, above the ground floor, excluding medical, dental and veterinary clinics; 5. Local public facilities with marine-oriented services or recreation; 6. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Off-street parking and loading in connection with a permitted use. C. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC; 2. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the require- ments of ECDC 17.100.070. [Ord. 3353 § 6, 2001; Ord. 2366 § 9, 1983; Ord. 2307, 1982; Ord. 2283 § 6, 1982]. 16.55.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum1 Setbacks Maximum Height Maximum Coverage Packet Page 72 of 265 Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum1 Setbacks Maximum Height Maximum Coverage CW None None 15′ landward of bulkheads for buildings; 60′ landward of bulkheads for parking 30′2 None 1 Fifteen feet from lot lines adjacent to R zoned property. 2 Tanks which are part of a petroleum products storage and distribution facility are allowed to be 48 feet in height. B. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC. C. Satellite Television Antennas. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.050 and reviewed by the architectural design board. [Ord. 2526 § 7, 1985 Carol’s comment: Remove.]. 16.55.030 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building except for: 1. Petroleum products storage and distribution; 2. Sales, storage, repair and limited building of boats; 3. Public parks; 4. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC; 5. Motorized and nonmotorized mobile vending units meeting the criteria of Chapter 4.12 ECC. B. Nuisances. All uses shall comply with Chapter 17.60 ECDC, Performance Standards. Remove [Ord. 3902 § 4, 2012; Ord. 3320 § 4, 2000]. Packet Page 73 of 265 Chapter 16.60 CG – GENERAL COMMERCIAL: CG AND CG2 ZONES Sections: 16.60.000 CG and CG2 zones. 16.60.005 Purposes. 16.60.010 Uses. 16.60.015 Location standards for sexually oriented businesses. 16.60.020 Site development standards – General. 16.60.030 Site development standards – Design standards. 16.60.040 Operating restrictions. 16.60.000 CG and CG2 zones. This chapter establishes the general commercial zoning district comprised of two distinct zoning categories which are identical in all respects except as specifically provided for in ECDC 16.60.020(A). [Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. 16.60.005 Purposes. The CG and CG2 zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. Encourage the development and retention of commercial uses which provide high economic benefit to the city. Mixed-use and transit-oriented developments are encouraged which provide significant commercial uses as a component of an overall mixed development scheme. B. Improve access and circulation for people by encouraging a development pattern that supports transit and pedestrian access. Improve vehicular circulation and access to support business and economic development. C. Provide and encourage the opportunity for different sections along the Highway 99 corridor to emphasize their unique characteristics and development opportunities rather than require the corridor to develop as an undifferentiated continuum. New development should be high-quality and varied – not generic – and include amenities for pedestrians and patrons. D. Encourage a variety of uses and building types. A variety of uses and building types is appropriate to take advantage of different opportunities and conditions. Where designated in the comprehensive plan, the zoning should encourage mixed-use or taller high-rise development to occur. E. Encourage development that is sensitive to surrounding neighborhoods. Protect resi- dential qualities and connect businesses with the local community. Pedestrian connections should be made available as part of new development to connect residents to appropriate retail and service uses. F. New development should be allowed and encouraged to develop to the fullest extent possible while assuring that the design quality and amenities provided contribute to the overall character and quality of the corridor. Where intense development adjoins residential Packet Page 74 of 265 areas, site design (including buffers, landscaping, and the arrangement of uses) and building design should be used to minimize adverse impacts on residentially zoned properties. G. Upgrade the architectural and landscape design qualities of the corridor. Establish uni- form signage regulations for all properties within the corridor area which provide for business visibility and commerce while minimizing clutter and distraction to the public. Make the corridor more attractive and pedestrian-friendly (e.g., add trees and landscaping) through a combination of development requirements and – when available – public investment. H. Within the corridor, high-rise nodes designated in the comprehensive plan should pro- vide for maximum economic use of suitable commercial land. High-rise nodes should be: 1. Supported by adequate services and facilities; 2. Designed to provide a visual asset to the community through the use of distinctive forms and materials, differentiated facades, attractive landscaping, and similar techniques; Packet Page 75 of 265 3. Designed to take advantage of different forms of access, including automobile, transit and pedestrian access; 4. Designed to provide adequate buffering from lower intensity uses and residential neighborhoods. [Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. 16.60.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. All permitted or conditional uses in any other zone in this title, except as specifi- cally prohibited by subsection (C) of this section or limited by subsection (D) of this section; 2. Any additional use except as specifically prohibited by subsection (C) of this sec- tion or limited by subsection (D) of this section; 3. Halfway houses; 4. Sexually oriented businesses, which shall comply with the location standards set forth in ECDC 16.60.015, the development regulations set forth in Chapter 17.50 ECDC, and the licensing regulations set forth in Chapter 4.52 ECC. Adult family homes and family day care? B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted use. 2. Storage facilities or outdoor storage areas secondary or integral to a permitted pri- mary use, such as storage or display areas for automobile sales, building materials or build- ing supply sales, or garden/nursery sales. Such outdoor storage or display areas shall be designed and organized to meet the design standards for parking areas for the CG zone contained in this chapter. C. Prohibited Uses. 1. Residential uses located within the first or second story of any structure in areas designated “Highway 99 Corridor” or “High-Rise Node” on the comprehensive plan map. There are two exceptions to this prohibition: Packet Page 76 of 265 a. Residential uses may be allowed as part of large-scale mixed-use developments, as described in ECDC 16.60.020(B); and b. Residential uses are allowed on the second floor of buildings that are not located in areas designated as “High-Rise Node” on the comprehensive plan map and which are not located on lots that have frontage on Highway 99. 2. Mobile home parks. 3. Storage facilities or outdoor storage areas intended as a primary use, not secondary to a permitted commercial or residential use. Automobile wrecking yards, junk yards, or businesses primarily devoted to storage or mini storage are examples of this type of pro- hibited use. D. Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Aircraft landings as regulated by Chapter 4.80 ECC. [Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. 16.60.015 Location standards for sexually oriented businesses. All sexually oriented businesses shall comply with the requirements of this section, the development regulations set forth in Chapter 17.50 ECDC, and Chapter 4.52 ECC. The standards established in this section shall not be construed to restrict or prohibit the follow- ing activities or products: (1) expressive dance; (2) plays, operas, musicals, or other dramatic works; (3) classes, seminars, or lectures conducted for a scientific or educational purpose; (4) printed materials or visual representations intended for educational or scientific purposes; (5) nudity within a locker room or other similar facility used for changing clothing in connection with athletic or exercise activities; (6) nudity within a hospital, clinic, or other similar medical facility for health-related purposes; and (7) all movies and videos that are rated G, PG, PG-13, R, and NC-17 by the Motion Picture Association of America. A. Separation Requirements. A sexually oriented business shall only be allowed to locate where specifically permitted and only if the following separation requirements are met: 1. No sexually oriented business shall be located closer than 300 feet to any of the fol- lowing protected zones, whether such protected zone is located within or outside the city limits: a. A residential zone as defined in Chapter 16.10 ECDC; b. A public use zone as defined in Chapter 16.80 ECDC. 2. No sexually oriented business shall be located closer than 300 feet to any of the fol- lowing protected uses, whether such protected use is located within or outside the city limits: a. A public park; b. A public library; c. A nursery school or preschool; d. A public or private primary or secondary school; e. A church, temple, mosque, synagogue, or other similar facility used primarily for religious worship; and f. A community center such as an amusement park, public swimming pool, public playground, or other facility of similar size and scope used primarily by children and fam- ilies for recreational or entertainment purposes; g. A permitted residential use located in a commercial zone; h. A museum; and Packet Page 77 of 265 i. A public hospital or hospital district. 3. No sexually oriented business shall be located closer than 500 feet to any bar or tav- ern within or outside the city limits. B. Measurement. The separation requirements shall be measured by following a straight line from the nearest boundary line of a protected zone specified in subsection (A) of this section or nearest physical point of the structure housing a protected use specified in subsection (A) of this section, to the nearest physical point of the tenant space occupied by a sexually oriented business. Packet Page 78 of 265 C. Variance From Separation Requirements. Variances may be granted from the sep- aration requirements in subsection (A) of this section if the applicant demonstrates that the following criteria are met: 1. The natural physical features of the land would result in an effective separation between the proposed sexually oriented business and the protected zone or use in terms of visibility and access; 2. The proposed sexually oriented business complies with the goals and policies of the community development code; 3. The proposed sexually oriented business is otherwise compatible with adjacent and surrounding land uses; 4. There is a lack of alternative locations for the proposed sexually oriented business; and 5. The applicant has proposed conditions which would minimize the adverse sec- ondary effects of the proposed sexually oriented business. D. Application of Separation Requirements to Existing Sexually Oriented Businesses. The separation requirements of this section shall not apply to a sexually oriented business once it has located within the city in accordance with the requirements of this section.Carol’s comment: When was the last time that the City plotted out the areas in the City where adult businesses could locate, to ensure that there were available sites for these types of businesses? [Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. 16.60.020 Site development standards – General. A. Table. Except as hereinafter provided, development requirements shall be as follows: Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side/Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area CG None None 4′2 None1 60′3 None CG2 None None 4′2 None1 75′3 None 1 Fifteen feet from all lot lines adjacent to RM or RS zoned property regardless of the setback provisions established by any other provision of this code. 2 Street setback area shall be fully landscaped. 3 None for structures located within an area designated as a high-rise node on the comprehensive plan map. B. Mixed-Use Developments. 1. A mixture of commercial and residential uses, including residential uses located on the first or second floors of buildings, may be permitted for developments meeting the fol- lowing requirements: a. The proposed development’s combined site area is at least two acres. b. Floor area equivalent to the combined total leasable area of the first (ground) floor for all buildings located on the site is devoted to commercial use. This commercial floor area may be provided in any manner desirable on-site, except that for all buildings oriented to and facing frontage streets the street-facing portions of the ground floor shall be Packet Page 79 of 265 occupied by commercial uses. Parking area(s) are excluded from this calculation. This requirement is not intended to require commercial uses facing service drives, alleys, or other minor access easements that are not related to the main commercial streets serving the site. [Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. 16.60.030 Site development standards – Design standards. Design review by the architectural design board is required for any project that includes buildings exceeding 60 feet in height in the CG zone or 75 feet in height in the CG2 zone. Projects not exceeding these height limits may be reviewed by staff as a Type I decision. Regardless of what review process is required, all projects proposed in the CG or CG2 zone must meet the design standards contained in this section. Carol’s comment: Should this be in the permit processing chapter? Packet Page 80 of 265 A. Screening and Buffering. 1. General. a. Retaining walls facing adjacent property or public rights-of-way shall not exceed seven feet in height. A minimum of four feet of planted terrace is required between stepped wall segments. b. Landscape buffers are not required in land use zones with no required building setback. c. Tree landscaping may be clustered to block the view of a parking lot, yet allow visibility to signage and building entry. d. Landscape buffers shall be integrated into the design and layout of water detention and treatment elements, to minimize the physical and visual impacts of the water quality elements. e. All parking lots are required to provide Type V interior landscaping. f. Type I landscaping is required for commercial, institutional and medical uses adjacent to single-family or multifamily zones. The buffer shall be a minimum of 10 feet in width and continuous in length. g. Type I landscaping is required for residential parking areas adjacent to single- family zones. The buffer shall be a minimum of four feet in width and continuous in length. h. Type I landscaping is required for office and multifamily projects adjacent to single-family zones. The buffer shall be a minimum of four feet in width and 10 feet in height and continuous in length. i. If there is a loading zone and/or trash compactor area next to a single-family or multifamily zone, there shall be a minimum of a six-foot-high concrete wall plus a minimum width of five feet of Type I landscaping. Trash and utility storage elements shall not be permitted to encroach within street setbacks or within setbacks adjacent to single- family zones. Mechanical equipment, including heat pumps and other mechanical elements, shall not be placed in the setbacks. j. Landscape buffers, Type I, shall be used in parking areas adjacent to single- family zones. k. When no setback is otherwise required, Type III landscaping three feet in width and continuous in length is required between uses in the same zone. 2. Parking Lots Abutting Streets. a. Type IV landscaping, minimum four feet wide, is required along all street frontages. b. All parking located under the building shall be completely screened from the public street by one of the following methods: i. Walls, ii. Type I planting and a grill that is 25 percent opaque, iii. Grill work that is at least 80 percent opaque, or iv. Type III landscaping. B. Access and Parking. 1. Not more than 50 percent of total project parking spaces may be located between the building’s front facade and the primary street. 2. Parking lots may not be located on corner locations adjacent to public streets. 3. Paths within Parking Lots. Packet Page 81 of 265 a. Pedestrian walkways in parking lots shall be delineated by separate paved routes that are approved by federal accessibility requirements and that use a variation in textures and/or colors as well as landscape barriers. b. Pedestrian access routes shall be provided at least every 180 feet within parking lots. These shall be designed to provide access to on-site buildings as well as pedestrian walkways that border the development. c. Pedestrian pathways shall be six feet in width and have two feet of planting on each side or have curb stops at each stall in the parking lot on one side and four feet of planting on the second side. Packet Page 82 of 265 d. Parking lots shall have pedestrian connections to the main sidewalk at a mini- mum of every 100 feet. 4. Bonus for Parking Below Grade. a. For projects where at least 50 percent of the parking is below grade or under the building, the following code requirements may be modified for the parking that is provided below grade or under-building: i. The minimum drive aisle width may be reduced to 22 feet. ii. The maximum ramp slope may be increased to 20 percent. iii. A mixture of full- and reduced-width parking stalls may be provided without meeting the ECDC requirement to demonstrate that all required parking could be provided at full-width dimensions. 5. Drive-through facilities such as, but not limited to, banks, cleaners, fast food, drug stores, espresso stands, etc., shall comply with the following: a. Drive-through windows and stacking lanes shall not be located along the facades of the building that face a street. b. Drive-through speakers shall not be audible off-site. c. Only one direct entrance or exit from the drive-through shall be allowed as a separate curb cut onto an adjoining street. All remaining direct entrances/exits to the drive- through shall be internal to the site. 6. Pedestrian and Transit Access. a. Pedestrian building entries must connect directly to the public sidewalk and to adjacent developments if feasible. b. Internal pedestrian routes shall extend to the property line and connect to existing pedestrian routes if applicable. Potential future connections shall also be identified such that pedestrian access between developments can occur without walking in the parking or access areas. c. When a transit or bus stop is located in front of or adjacent to a parcel, pedestrian connections linking the transit stop directly to the new development are required. C. Site Design and Layout. Carol’s comment: Are these architectural design standards that are used by the architectural review board to determine whether or not an application can be approved? One reason to include all architectural design standards in one place is to ensure that they are consistent. Are these consistent with the standards in that chapter? 1. General. If a project is composed of similar building layouts that are repeated, then their location on the site design should not be uniform in its layout. If a project has a uniform site layout for parking and open spaces, then the buildings shall vary in form, materials, and/or identity. The following design elements should be considered, and a project shall demonstrate how at least five of the elements were used to vary the design of the site: a. Building massing and unit layout, b. Placement of structures and setbacks, c. Location of pedestrian and vehicular facilities, d. Spacing from position relative to adjoining buildings, e. Composition and types of open space, plant materials and street trees, f. Types of building materials and/or elements, g. Roof variation in slope, height and/or materials. Packet Page 83 of 265 2. Individuality for Particular Structures. If a project contains several new or old buildings of similar uses or massing, incorporate two of the following options to create identity and promote safety and feeling of ownership: a. Individual entry design for each building. b. Create variety in arrangement of building forms in relation to site, parking, open spaces, and the street. c. Create variety through facade materials and organization. d. Create variety through roof forms. e. Vary the size/mass of the buildings so they are not uniform in massing and appearance. 3. Lighting. a. All lighting shall be shielded and directed away from adjacent parcels. This may be achieved through lower poles at the property lines and/or full “cut off” fixtures. Packet Page 84 of 265 b. Parking lots shall have lighting poles with a maximum of 25 feet in height. c. Pedestrian ways shall have low height lighting focused on pathway area. Pole height shall be a maximum of 14 feet, although lighting bollards are preferred. d. Entries shall have lighting for safety and visibility integrated with the build- ing/canopy. D. Building Design and Massing. 1. Buildings shall convey a visually distinct “base” and “top.” A “base” and “top” can be emphasized in different ways, such as masonry pattern, more architectural detail, step- backs and overhangs, lighting, recesses, visible “plinth” above which the wall rises, storefront, canopies, or a combination thereof. They can also be emphasized by using archi- tectural elements not listed above, as approved, that meet the intent. 2. In buildings with footprints of over 10,000 square feet, attention needs to be given to scale, massing, and facade design so as to reduce the effect of large single building masses. Ways to accomplish this can include articulation, changes of materials, offsets, set- backs, angles or curves of facades, or by the use of distinctive roof forms. This can also be accomplished by using architectural elements not listed above, as approved, that meet the intent. Note that facade offsets or step-backs should not be applied to the ground floor of street-front facades in pedestrian-oriented zones or districts. 3. Alternatives to massing requirements may be achieved by: a. Creation of a public plaza or other open space which may substitute for a massing requirement if the space is at least 1,000 square feet in area. In commercial zones, this public space shall be a public plaza with amenities such as benches, tables, planters and other elements. b. Retaining or reusing an historic structure listed on the National Register or the Edmonds register of historic places. Any addition or new building on the site must be designed to be compatible with the historic structure. 4. To ensure that buildings do not display blank, unattractive walls to the abutting streets or residential properties, walls or portions of walls abutting streets or visible from residentially zoned properties shall have architectural treatment applied by incorporating at least four of the following elements into the design of the facade: a. Masonry (except for flat concrete block). b. Concrete or masonry plinth at the base of the wall. c. Belt courses of a different texture and color. d. Projecting cornice. e. Projecting metal canopy. f. Decorative tilework. g. Trellis containing planting. h. Medallions. i. Artwork or wall graphics. j. Vertical differentiation. k. Lighting fixtures. l. An architectural element not listed above, as approved, that meets the intent. Carol’s comment: Intent of what? [Ord. 3736 § 11, 2009; Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. Packet Page 85 of 265 16.60.040 Operating restrictions. A. Enclosed Building. All uses shall be carried on entirely within a completely enclosed building, except the following: 1. Public utilities; 2. Off-street parking and loading areas; 3. Drive-in business; 4. Secondary uses permitted under ECDC 16.60.010(B); 5. Limited outdoor display of merchandise meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.65 ECDC; 6. Public markets; provided, that when located next to a single-family residential zone, the market shall be entirely within a completely enclosed building; 7. Outdoor dining meeting the criteria of Chapter 17.75 ECDC; Packet Page 86 of 265 8. Motorized and nonmotorized mobile vending units meeting the criteria of Chapter 4.12 ECC. B. Interim Use Status – Public Markets. 1. Unless a public market is identified on a business license as a year-round market within the city of Edmonds, a premises licensed as a public market shall be considered a temporary use. Carol’s comment: Is a temporary use permit required? As a temporary activity, the city council finds that any signs or structures used in accordance with the market do not require design review. When a location is utilized for a business use in addition to a public market, the public market use shall not decrease the required available parking for the other business use below the standards established by Chapter 17.50 ECDC. [Ord. 3932 § 8, 2013; Ord. 3902 § 5, 2012; Ord. 3635 § 1, 2007]. Packet Page 87 of 265 Chapter 16.62 MU – MEDICAL USE ZONE Sections: 16.62.000 Purpose. 16.62.010 Uses. 16.62.020 Site development standards. 16.62.000 Purpose. The MU zone has the following specific purposes: A. To reserve areas for hospitals and related medical facilities. B. To reserve areas that would provide the underlying zoning needed to enable master planning for medical campuses. C. To reserve areas for the concentration of medical facilities in order to enable the effi- cient provision of a wide spectrum of medical services. D. The uses permitted in this zone are intended to be functionally related to or serve medical uses or health care services. [Ord. 3118 § 1, 1996]. 16.62.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. 1. Medical and health care uses including but not limited to hospitals, outpatient clin- ics, continuing/long-term care services, hospice services, laboratories, medical research facilities, emergency medical services and offices of doctors, dentists, physical therapists, and all others related to medical and health care uses; 2. Medical staff facilities and similar uses, including but not limited to educational and meeting facilities and staff sleeping quarters; 3. Retail sales and services related to medical uses, including but not limited to phar- macies and convenience stores, gift shops, bookstores, florists, medical and health care equipment sales and restaurants. Only uses directly related to supplying medical services may be permitted to operate drive-through facilities; 4. Residential uses dependent upon or related to medical care, including but not lim- ited to convalescent care facilities, nursing homes, retirement homes, group homes for the disabled and overnight accommodations; 5. Day-care facilities; Carol’s comment: Adult family homes and Family Day Care. 6. Counseling centers and alcohol and drug treatment facilities; 7. Transit and other transportation-related facilities; 8. Local public facilities, whether or not planned, designated, and sited in the capital improvement plan, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 9. Primary and high schools subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R); 10. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. Packet Page 88 of 265 1. Helicopter pads related to medical use, if approved as part of a master plan and adopted as part of the comprehensive plan; 2. Facilities for the permanent storage and/or disposal of biomedical, radioactive and other hazardous waste shall not be permitted; provided, however, that facilities for the treat- ment or temporary storage of biomedical, radioactive and other hazardous waste generated within the medical use zone, or by local publicly operated medical facilities related to the hospital, shall be permitted. C. Secondary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Helicopter pads related to medical use. If the location of a helipad is not included as part of an approved master plan, then a conditional use permit shall be required. In addition to the conditional use permit review criteria, the development and use of a helipad shall be subject to the following conditions: Packet Page 89 of 265 a. The helipad shall be limited to emergency medical uses only; b. Noise from the helipad must be minimized using buffering combined with other operational and site design techniques to minimize the noise impact on surrounding uses; c. The helipad shall be sited no closer than 75 feet to any right-of-way or property boundary; d. The hospital district shall take reasonable measures to ensure safety around the helipad, when in use, and shall comply with all applicable FAA standards and regulations; e. The helipad should be located in the southern portion of the site in order to mitigate potential noise impacts of the residential areas to the north; 2. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. [Ord. 3453 § 3, 2003; Ord. 3353 § 7, 2001; Ord. 3118 § 1, 1996]. 16.62.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Except as hereinafter provided, development requirements shall be as follows: Minimum Lot Area Minimum Lot Width Minimum Street Setback Minimum Side/rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Floor Area MU None None 15' 15 feet1 35'2 None 1 The side/rear setback shall be 25 feet for all property lines adjacent to single-family residential districts. There shall also be at least one foot of distance measured from the nearest residentially zoned property line for each two feet of building height, measured from the average residential property grade. 2 The applicant may opt to use the height restrictions permitted by the underlying comprehensive plan designation, if the height restrictions are expressed in specific feet or stories. Each “story” referenced in the comprehensive plan shall be equivalent to 12 feet. Minimum setbacks as defined in Note 1 above shall still apply. Carol’s comment: The City needs to identify the specific zoning standards like height in the zoning code, not the comprehensive plan. Identifying one height limit and then stating that another height limit in the comprehensive plan could be used at the applicant’s option, creates confusion. For example, the variance procedure allows variation from the zoning code, not the comprehensive plan. Is the variance procedure allowed from the comp plan or zoning code height restrictions? Under GMA, the City is supposed to adopt development regulations that are consistent with the comprehensive plan, not allow a property owner to choose from the different standards in the comp plan and zoning code. B. Signs, Parking and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC. Not- withstanding any contrary code provisions, hospitals shall have three parking spaces per bed and nursing homes shall have one parking space per 200 square feet. Signs standards shall be the same as those for the BN – Neighborhood Business zoning classification. C. Location of Retail Commercial Uses. Permitted retail sales and services shall be located and oriented toward serving related medical uses. Direct access to retail sales and services shall not be permitted from arterials which serve the general traveling public. Sig- nage for permitted retail sales and services shall not be located along, or oriented toward, arterial streets. Carol’s comment: seems strange that these uses are allowed, but the public Packet Page 90 of 265 can’t locate them (through signs oriented toward arterials) or access them on arterials. I’m not understanding the rationale behind this. It’s not like this zone is particularly sensitive. [Ord. 3118 § 1, 1996]. Packet Page 91 of 265 Chapter 16.65 OS – OPEN SPACE Sections: 16.65.000 Purposes. 16.65.010 Uses. 16.65.000 Purposes. The OS district has the following purpose: A. To designate land which has been donated to or acquired by the city or other public, or private non-profit agency for open space use or which contributes significantly to the open space inventory of the community; B. To regulate the use of these lands, and other land in private ownership, which cannot be developed without severe irreversible environmental impacts, which are either: part of a required greenbelt area; a native growth protection easement; or which provide an identifi- able link to the city’s open space or critical areas inventory. 16.65.010 Uses. A. Permitted Uses. 1. Agriculture, including crop land but specifically excluding livestock and poultry, machinery and equipment sheds or barns; 2. Conservation areas including forest and wildlife preserves; 3. Parks, natural scenic areas, trails, excluding commercial amusement devices or operations, per Chapter 16.80 ECDC; 4. Playgrounds or playfields, providing that they are developed on previously cleared land, per Chapter 16.80 ECDC; Carol’s comment: I don’t understand why they have to be developed on previously cleared land. Parks in this zone don’t have to be developed on previously cleared land. 5. Reclamation areas limited to soil, forest, wildlife or watershed; 6. Parking facilities to support the permitted uses identified in paragraphs A(1) through A(5) of this section. B. Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Uses similar to and compatible with the permitted uses. Conditional uses may not decrease the openness or interfere with the scenic or habitat value of the land. 2. Installation of various public utilities into or across open space zones, and clearing of a vegetated natural area for one of the permitted uses listed above, subject to the follow- ing: a. In addition to the criteria of Chapter 20.05 ECDC, it shall be shown that the intrusion is necessary: i. To provide services to the open space for public benefit or safety; or ii. For physical or technical reasons, and that no reasonable alternatives are possible. b. The design and plan shall create the minimum of surface and vegetation distur- bance necessary to accomplish its purpose. Packet Page 92 of 265 c. Restoration of the environment will be made by replanting and reseeding of the disturbed area as soon as is feasible. d. Undergrounding of utilities shall be encouraged and required where site charac- teristics are suitable. [Ord. 2877 § 1, 1992]. Packet Page 93 of 265 Chapter 16.70 MR – MARINE RESOURCE Sections: 16.70.000 Purposes. 16.70.010 Uses. 16.70.000 Purposes. The MR district has the following purposes: A. To regulate the use of tidelands, and other land covered by salt water; B. To preserve and enhance the natural marine environment along the shoreline of Edmonds; C. To provide local control of the natural marine environment to the extent that state and federal regulation allow. 16.70.010 Uses. A. Permitted Uses. 1. Commercial fishing, sports fishing and shell fishing, including deepwater mollusks, crustaceans, and bivalves, as regulated and permitted by the Washington State Department of Fisheries and other applicable governmental agencies; 2. The movement of ships, boats, rafts, barges and submarines, and the establishment of government-authorized navigational devices and aids as regulated by the U.S. Coast Guard, the Corps of Army Engineers and other applicable governmental agencies; provided, however, there shall be no discharge of ballast, sanitary facilities or effluent, chemicals, petroleum products, garbage, cargo (except to save life or property), or any other thing, fluid or solid of any kind or description whether by design or accident regardless of precautions exercised; 3. Swimming, snorkeling, scuba diving and related recreation activities. B. Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. The installation of submerged power and communication cables, fuel line and any other related installation; 2. The filling or dredging of submerged land and the construction of breakwaters, bulkheads, groins, piers and related structures for harbors, marinas, buildings and/or railroad trackage; 3. Scientific installation, including submerged manned or unmanned research shelters; 4. Mineral extraction from water, but excluding submerged land mining, drilling for petroleum or gas, or excavation in connection therewith; 5. Marine agriculture in the propagation and harvest of marine vegetation such as edi- ble or medicinal seaweed provided that the basic chemical balance of the water is not dis- turbed or polluted; 6. Educational and recreational facilities, commercial, private or public. Packet Page 94 of 265 Chapter 16.75 MP – MASTER PLAN HILLSIDE MIXED-USE ZONE Sections: 16.75.000 MP – Master plan hillside mixed-use zone. 16.75.005 Purpose. 16.75.010 Uses. 16.75.020 Site development standards. 16.75.000 MP – Master plan hillside mixed-use zone. This chapter establishes the hillside mixed-use zoning district comprised of two distinct zoning categories which are identical in all respects except as specifically provided for in ECDC 16.75.010 and 16.75.020. [Ord. 3402 § 1, 2002]. 16.75.005 Purpose. The MP1 and MP2 zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve an area where potential exists for planned development that can benefit the public by providing new tax revenue; B. To reserve an area where a mix of land uses can take advantage of site conditions and water views; C. To permit construction in accordance with a master plan concept and site design that is visually pleasing; D. To promote a mix of residential, commercial, and other uses in a manner that is con- sistent with the city’s comprehensive plan, and with the downtown waterfront plan that has been adopted as a part of the comprehensive plan. The mix of uses is contemplated to occur throughout the MP1 and MP2 zones; mixed-use development is not required on any specific parcel of land; E. To encourage visual access to the water for the public from public spaces within the development; F. The height limit and calculations procedures established for the MP1 and MP2 zones have been adopted after full consideration of the topographical constraints of sites within the zones. Variances are not available under current city code provisions in order to make more profitable use of a property. In adopting these provisions, the city council has specifi- cally provided for, and made allowances for, the site constraints and topographical features inherent in development of the designated MP1 and MP2 sites. Therefore, no other height variance would typically be available absent a special showing of constraints unanticipated on the date of adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter. [Ord. 3402 § 1, 2002]. Packet Page 95 of 265 16.75.010 Uses. Carol’s comment: If no development is allowed without a master plan, shouldn’t this be stated here? Otherwise, it appears as if the uses that follow are permitted outright. A. Permitted Primary Uses in MP1. 1. Multifamily residential; 2. Office; 3. Hotels/motels; 4. Restaurants, excluding drive-in businesses; 5. Local public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.55.007; 6. Mixed-use development for any use permitted in this zone; 7. Secondary service and retail uses to the primary use, but excluding trailer sales and service, car lots, heavy equipment sales and service, and any other retail activity that relies primarily on outdoor display of merchandise; 8. Conference/performing arts center; 9. Day care; Carol’s comment: Family Day Care and Adult Family Homes. 10. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. B. Permitted Primary Uses in MP2. 1. All uses permitted in subsection A of this section, except that residential use is pro- hibited on the ground floor of any building; 2. Neighborhood-oriented retail uses intended to support other uses in the immediate area, but excluding trailer sales, car lots, heavy equipment sales and service, and any other retail activity that relies primarily on outdoor display of merchandise; Packet Page 96 of 265 3. Service uses as a primary use intended to support other uses in the immediate area, but excluding trailer, car, boat and equipment services; 4. Multimodal transportation center; 5. Educational facilities. C. Permitted Secondary Uses in MP1 and MP2. 1. Off-street surface parking and structured parking to serve a permitted use; 2. Shared parking facilities to serve more than one permitted use; 3. Off-street loading facilities to serve a permitted use. D. Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Buildings or structures that exceed the maximum height limit. This permit shall be limited to the approval of a “landmark” building or structure. Not more than one such land- mark structure shall be permitted for each zone; 2. A landmark structure is defined as a building or structure intended to provide an architectural signature for a location within the MP1 and MP2 master plan areas. The land- mark structure shall not be used for general commercial or residential purposes above the normal height limits established for the zone, but may be used for public purposes, or pur- poses which benefit the Edmonds community, including but not limited to: Carol’s comment: If these terms have general application, I think they should not be in the chapter of the code which normally just identifies the permitted uses, conditionally permitted uses and development standards. Definitions of architectural design terms should be in the chapter relating to architectural design. How does the City implement this provision? Does the City require that the property owner sign a covenant that is recorded against the property, which prohibits any change in the use of the structure? What happens if a CUP is granted because the property owner agrees to install some public use, but then the owner goes belly up? I’m not sure how this section would work with regard to public uses that can move in and then move out. a. Public viewing areas or platforms; b. Restrooms; c. To house, in interior space, wireless communication facilities permitted pursuant to Chapter 20.50 ECDC; and to incorporate antennas and wireless communication facilities in the facade of the landmark structure, if such incorporation can be accomplished in accordance with the architectural design approved by the city’s architectural design board in a way which is not intrusive and otherwise incorporated within the architectural design of the structure; Carol’s comment: Should this be in the chapter re: wireless? d. Public safety purposes; e. As public art or architectural detail; or f. For other similar public purposes approved as a part of the master planning pro- cess. In no event shall a landmark structure exceed 48 feet in height. [Ord. 3402 § 1, 2002]. 16.75.020 Site development standards. A. Any development located in MP1 or MP2 zones shall be subject to design review in accordance with Chapter 20.10 ECDC. B. Table. Except as hereinafter provided, development requirements shall be as follows: Packet Page 97 of 265 Subdistrict Minimum lot area Minimum lot width Minimum street setback Minimum side setback1 Minimum rear setback2 Maximum height Maximum coverage (%) Maximum floor area3 Minimum lot area per dwelling unit (s.f.) MP1 none none 15' 10' 15' 35'4,5 456 3 sq. ft./s.f. of lot area 2,400 MP2 none none none none none 35'7 75 4 sq.ft./s.f. of lot area 2,400 1 For residential buildings, setbacks apply to exterior lot line only, and not to any interior lot lines within a development. 2 See Footnote 1. 3 The maximum floor area is intended to limit the size of nonresidential development only. In the case of a mixed-use development that includes residences, the maximum floor area calculation shall be applied to the residential use as well. Packet Page 98 of 265 4 Roof may extend up to five feet above the state height limit if designed as part of an approved modulated design in accordance with Chapter 20.10 ECDC. Carol’s comment: Based on the Building 10 application, has the City considered the elimination of all procedures for height limit increases like this (and just use the variance procedure)? 5 Building height may be calculated separately for each clearly separated portion of a building as illustrated, but not limited to, Figures A, B and C. Carol’s comment: Does this need modification, based on the Building 10 application? 6 Total lot coverage for the entire site covered by an adopted master plan within the MP1 zone cannot exceed 45 percent. Lot coverage for the individual building lots within the area covered by the master plan cannot exceed 75 percent. Individual lots may not be able to achieve the 75 percent maximum lot coverage due to compliance with master plan and code requirements that address such issues as circulation, open space, topography, buffers, and critical areas. 7 The maximum height may be increased to 45 feet with the approval of a conditional use permit, if the application is filed in conjunction with or after the approval of a multimodal transportation center within or adjacent to the MP2 zone. Carol’s comment: Again, my suggestion is to identify a height limit based on the factors that normally are considered when the City establishes height limits – light, air, view, etc. Then, if a property owner wants to exceed the height limit, tell him/her that a variance application must be filed. I understand that the City is using height increases as an incentive to developers to provide certain amenities. However, the City should consider whether this procedure works where there is a sensitive zone – for example, where the height increase will block views or the buildings are located near residential areas. Figure A: A building is considered to have two or more clearly separated portions when each portion is separated by a one-story high (10-foot minimum) space above a plaza or roof. Multiple floors above the plaza may be connected by an open-air bridge no wider than 10 feet, zero inches. Building height would be calculated using the centerline of the plaza or roof as one edge of the rectangle used to average existing grade elevations. See figure below: Carol’s comment: Should this be in the chapter re: architectural design review? Figure B: A building is considered to have two or more clearly separated portions when the line of the roof changes (a vertical shift). Building height would be calculated using the centerline of Packet Page 99 of 265 the wall below the shift in roof heights as one edge of the rectangle used to average existing grade elevations. See figure below: Packet Page 100 of 265 Packet Page 101 of 265 Figure C: A building is considered to have two or more clearly separated portions when the floor plates shift (a horizontal shift). Building height would be calculated using the centerline of the wall along the shift in floor plates as one edge of the rectangle used to average existing grade elevations. See figure below: C. Signs, Parking, and Design Review. See Chapters 17.50, 20.10 and 20.60 ECDC. D. Master Plan Required. Carol’s comment: Because a master plan is a separate approval, it should be in the chapters that describe the different types of permits. There needs to be a clear idea of the procedure, what must be included in a complete application, who the decision-makers will be, criteria for approval, deadline for issuance of a final decision, expiration date of the approval, etc. 1. No development shall be permitted in an MP1 or MP2 zone unless a master plan has been prepared, identifying potential land uses and densities as set forth in subsection (D)(2) of this section. 2. A master plan shall describe the land use parameters and relationships to guide future site development. The plan shall, in a general manner, define the site layout by showing development areas by type of use, circulation patterns, site access, residential densities (if applicable) maximum square footage of nonresidential uses (if applicable), and any open space areas and buffers. The plan shall also illustrate the relationship between the site and adjoining properties. Any single master plan proposal submitted to the city for approval shall include a mix of uses for the overall area included in the master plan appli- cation. A mix of uses is not required for any single phase of development within an approved master plan. Carol’s comment: so, what is required for a complete application? How many uses comprise a “mix?” 3. All property identified in the master plan shall be developed in a manner consistent with the provisions of the master plan. 4. It is intended that site layouts, the range and intensity of uses, access, and circu- lation shall be depicted in both graphic and narrative form in a general manner. Subsequent to the adoption of a master plan, more detailed site and design information shall be submitted for review in accordance with Chapter 20.10 ECDC. Carol’s comment: this procedure is confusing. There aren’t any specific criteria for approval, but after “adoption” of the master plan, the applicant has to more information? For what purpose? The applicant also has the option of submitting a master plan concurrently with a specific site design. Packet Page 102 of 265 Other necessary applications, such as subdivision, binding site plan (BSP), or planned residential development (PRD), may also be submitted concurrently. If submitted concurrently, the city shall review the applications concurrently. However, no site design or other approval shall be granted until such time as the master plan is approved. 5. A master plan may be approved as a comprehensive plan amendment, a planned residential development (PRD), or as a contract rezone. The planning advisory board and city council shall review and act upon a proposed master plan as a Type V development project permit application (see Chapter 20.01 ECDC), except in the case of a PRD, which shall be reviewed in accordance with the provisions of Chapter 20.35 ECDC. Carol’s comment: This is really confusing. What is a master site plan? If it is a quasi-judicial application, then it can be processed by the City with other quasi-judicial applications, such as a preliminary plat, binding site plan or PRD. If it is legislative, then it is not a project permit application and can only be processed with other legislative applications (like a comprehensive plan amendment).[Ord. 3736 § 12, 2009; Ord. 3402 § 1, 2002]. Packet Page 103 of 265 Chapter 16.77 OR – OFFICE-RESIDENTIAL Sections: 16.77.000 Purposes. 16.77.010 Uses. 16.77.020 Site development standards. 16.77.000 Purposes. A. The office-residential (OR) zone is intended to be applied to areas designated in the comprehensive plan for “planned residential-office” development on the west side of Sunset Avenue south of Bell Street. B. This area is appropriate for development which provides for a mix of small-scale office and residential uses which provide a transition between the more intensive commercial uses along Main Street and the residential uses along Sunset Avenue. Because the area of this designation is located adjacent to commercial development to the south, the railroad to the west, and is near both multiple-family and single-family residential development, this area should act as a transition between these uses. C. To restrict commercial and multiple residential uses in scale and intensity so as to reduce noise, parking and traffic impacts on the adjacent residential neighborhood. D. The height and setback limits established for this zone have been adopted after full consideration of the topographical constraints of sites within the zone. Variances are not available under current city code provisions in order to make more profitable use of a property. In adopting these provisions, the city council has specifically provided for, and made allowances for, the site constraints and topographical features inherent in develop- ment of the designated OR sites. Therefore, no other height variance would typically be available absent a special showing of constraints unanticipated on the date of adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. 16.77.010 Uses. A. Permitted Primary Uses. Any combination of the following uses is permitted: 1. Single-family dwellings. 2. Office uses. 3. Multiple dwelling unit(s). 4. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070. Adult Family Homes and Family Day Care. B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted or conditional use. 2. All permitted secondary uses allowed in the RS – Single Family Residential zone, as listed in ECDC 16.20.010(B). C. Primary Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. Packet Page 104 of 265 16.77.020 Site development standards. A. Table. Subdistrict Minimum Lot Area Minimum Street Setback1 Minimum Side Setback Minimum Rear Setback Maximum Height Maximum Coverage OR None 15' 5' None 25' No maximum 1 The minimum street setback of 15 feet applies to a building which is no wider than 110 feet. For any part of a building that exceeds 110 feet in width, an additional setback of 15 feet shall apply so that no more than 110 feet of building width is closer than 30 feet to the street lot line. For the purposes of this section, “building width” shall be the total horizontal dimension of that portion of the building facing the street measured parallel to the street. Packet Page 105 of 265 B. Parking Requirements. See Chapter 17.50 ECDC for specific parking requirements for allowed uses. No parking spaces may be located within the street or side setbacks. C. Signs, Landscaping and Design Review. See Chapters 20.10, 20.12 and 20.60 ECDC for regulations on design review and signage. Signage shall be regulated as in an RM zone. Signage for office uses shall be regulated as in a BN zone, except that no freestanding signs shall be permitted. D. Satellite Television Antennas. Satellite television antennas shall be regulated as set forth in ECDC 16.20.050. E. Setback Encroachments. Eaves and chimneys may project into a required setback not more than 30 inches. Uncovered and unenclosed porches, steps, patios, and decks may project into a required setback not more than one-third of the required setback, or four feet, whichever is less; provided, that they are no more than 30 inches above the ground level at any point. [Ord. 3619 § 1, 2006]. Packet Page 106 of 265 Chapter 16.80 P – PUBLIC USE Sections: 16.80.000 Purposes. 16.80.010 Uses. 16.80.020 Conditional use permit criteria. 16.80.030 Site development standards. 16.80.000 Purposes. The P district has the following purposes: A. To provide for siting and development of regional public facilities to be located in or near residential areas and to establish standards which will minimize the impact of these facilities on nearby properties; B. To regulate the use of these lands to assure their continuing availability for public use. [Ord. 3353 § 8, 2001]. 16.80.010 Uses. A. Permitted Uses. 1. Regional public facilities; 2. All local public facilities subject to the additional requirements of ECDC 17.100.050; 3. Neighborhood parks, natural open spaces, and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070; 4. Primary and high schools subject to the additional requirements of ECDC 17.100.050(G) through (R). B. Permitted Secondary Uses. 1. Facilities comparable with and designed to serve permitted uses (e.g., restrooms, safety lighting, fencing, benches, tables, minor shelters, athletic structures, minor service support structures, associated storage and maintenance yards, and incidental parking for five or less cars); 2. Commercial uses incidental to and related to a sited regional public facility, such as restaurants, snack bars, gift shops, tourist shops, etc. C. Uses Requiring a Conditional Use Permit. 1. Service and support facilities for permitted uses (e.g., transportation storage and maintenance; service and repair shops; outdoor storage); 2. Municipal and franchised service facilities including storage and maintenance buildings and yards, sewage treatment facilities, water storage and pumping facilities, sub- stations; 3. Stadiums, bleachers, playfield lighting, clubhouses, and swimming pools; 4. Structures over 25 feet in height; 5. Regional parks and community parks without a master plan subject to the require- ments of ECDC 17.100.070. [Ord. 3353 § 8, 2001]. Packet Page 107 of 265 16.80.020 Conditional use permit criteria. Carol’s comment: should these be included in the chapter relating to CUP’s? In considering a conditional use permit application under Chapter 20.05 ECDC for the public use (P) zone, the hearing examiner and/or city council shall consider the following: A. Impact of the proposal on the visual and aesthetic character of the neighborhood; B. Orientation of facilities to developed or undeveloped residential areas; C. Preservation of natural vegetation and/or other natural features; D. Hours of operation; performance standards; conformance of the proposal with the city’s noise ordinance; E. Ability of the proposal to provide for adequate on-site parking; and traffic impacts of the proposal on the neighborhood. [Ord. 3353 § 8, 2001]. 16.80.030 Site development standards. Although each public use will undergo extensive review by the ADB in light of its relationship to its surrounding neighbors, there will be certain minimum development stan- dards to be used in the design of these facilities. These standards may be subject to the grant of variance under the provisions of ECDC 20.85.000. A. Minimum Setbacks. A minimum landscaped setback of 20 feet shall be maintained from a public street or other property lines, except that a setback of 25 feet shall be main- tained for all structures, structured play areas and structured athletic fields from adjacent residentially zoned properties. These setbacks shall be fully landscaped. B. Height. The maximum height of a building in this zone shall be 25 feet, unless a con- ditional use permit has been obtained, except that the height of schools shall be governed by ECDC 17.100.050(I). A conditional use permit for additional height may permit structures up to a maximum height of 60 feet. Carol’s comment: See previous discussion re: use of a CUP to increase height. C. Lot Coverage. The maximum lot coverage by buildings and other structures shall not exceed 35 percent unless a conditional use permit has been obtained. Carol’s comment: I think that the City isn’t using the CUP process correctly. Shouldn’t this be a variance? In the first section above, a variance is mentioned. D. Signs. All signs shall be subject to ADB approval. Are there criteria for the ADB to review signs? As long as the City identifies the size, colors, lighting – what does the ADB need to do? Signs shall be kept to a minimum size, which is compatible with the surrounding neighborhood and uses, while providing adequate visibility. E. Landscaping. Site landscaping requirements shall be reviewed pursuant to Chapter 20.13 ECDC. F. Parking. All regional public facilities shall comply with the minimum off-street parking requirements contained in ECDC 17.50.030. 1. All on-site parking lots shall be screened from adjacent residential properties with a solid wall or sight-obscuring fence not less than six feet in height. Such walls or fences may be built progressively as the parking facilities are installed. Landscaping shall be installed in accordance with ECDC 20.13.025. Carol’s comment; Isn’t this a requirement that should be in the general chapter on landscaping? 2. Regional public facilities shall submit a transportation management plan for approval by the city. The plan shall address the following: traffic control, parking Packet Page 108 of 265 management, mitigation measures for overflow parking into adjoining residential areas, and traffic movement to the nearest arterial street. Carol’s comment: Isn’t this something that is addressed by the parking chapter? G. Orientation to Transportation Facilities. All regional public facilities must be located adjacent to or within 500 feet of a principal or major arterial street. H. Transit. All regional public facilities shall be located within 1,500 feet of an existing transit center. At least one on-site transit stop or station shall be required. The transit stop or station shall include a turnout of suitable size and location to accommodate public buses. I. Lighting. All exterior lighting shall be arranged and directed so as to direct the light away from adjacent residential uses. J. Screening. Electrical substations, water/sewer pump stations, sewage treatment facilities, solid waste facilities, commuter parking lots, and maintenance and storage yards shall be adequately screened from adjacent residential properties with a solid wall or sight- obscuring fence not less than six feet in height. Landscaping shall be provided in accordance with Chapter 20.13 ECDC. [Amended during November 2008 supplement; Ord. 3353 § 8, 2001]. Packet Page 109 of 265 Chapter 16.100 FIRDALE VILLAGE MIXED-USE ZONING CRITERIA Sections: 16.100.000 Introduction. 16.100.010 Purposes. 16.100.020 Subdistricts. 16.100.030 Uses. 16.100.040 Site development standards. 16.100.000 Introduction. A. General Intent and Project Vision. The design vision for Firdale Village is to create a vibrant neighborhood village form of development that strikes a balance between commer- cial, retail and residential uses and contributes to the vitality of the neighborhood and area. The project is intended to support a variety of commercial and retail uses along with multi- family residential in an environment that is accessible to the pedestrian, visitor, tenant, motorist and public transit user. Carol’s comment: If there is no B, then there should be no A. [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. 16.100.010 Purposes. The Firdale Village mixed-use zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve and regulate areas for a “neighborhood center” type of mixed-use development that includes a mix of commercial and multiresidential housing types, and a range of greater densities than are available in the single-family residential zone. B. To promote a mix of residential, commercial and other uses in a manner that is con- sistent with the city’s comprehensive plan (i.e., 25 percent of heated floor area shall be com- mercial space). C. To provide for those additional uses which complement and are compatible with multiple residential uses. D. The codes contained within this chapter are to be used in conjunction with the Firdale Village design standards in Chapter 22.100 ECDC. [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. 16.100.020 Subdistricts. See District Map at the end of this chapter for location of districts on the site. A. District 1 – Commercial. The primarily commercial uses will be located in this district, which is located closer to Firdale Avenue and oriented to the street. The flexibility for each is written into the table, but not called out in the “mini-description.” B. District 2 – Commercial/Multifamily Residential. Multifamily residential uses will be located more towards sides and rear of the site, behind the commercial uses, with possible commercial functions on the ground level. [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. Packet Page 110 of 265 16.100.030 Uses. A. Table 16.100.030-1. Permitted Uses District 1 Commercial District 2 Multifamily Residential Uses Single-family dwelling X X Multiple dwelling unit(s) X A Housing for low-income elderly and senior housing X A Adult Family Homes Family Day Care Commercial Uses Retail stores or sales A A Offices (2nd floor or higher than retail space in the same building) A A Service uses including professional service offices, health clinics A A Retail uses including grocery stores, pharmacy/drug stores and bookstores A E Retail sales requiring intensive outdoor display or storage areas, such as trailer sales, used car lots (except as part of a new car sales and service dealer), and heavy equipment storage, sales or services X X Restaurants (excluding drive-through) A A Pubs, taverns or bars A X Enclosed fabrication or assembly areas associated with and on the same property as an art studio, art gallery, shoe repair, restaurant or food service establishment that also provides an on-site retail outlet open to the public A E Automobile sales and service X X Dry cleaning and laundry plants which use only nonflammable and nonexplosive cleaning agents C E Printing, publishing and binding establishments C C Community-oriented open air markets conducted as an outdoor operation and licensed pursuant to provisions in the Edmonds City Code A A Packet Page 111 of 265 Permitted Uses District 1 Commercial District 2 Multifamily Bus stop shelters A X Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020 A E Local public facilities subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050 C C Off-street parking and loading areas to serve a permitted use B B Commuter parking lots in conjunction with a facility otherwise permitted in this zone B B Commercial parking lots A C Wholesale uses X X Hotels and motels A A Amusement establishments C X Auction businesses, excluding vehicle or livestock auctions X X Drive-in businesses X X Laboratories X X Fabrication of light industrial products not otherwise listed as a permitted use X X Day-care centers excluding family day care and adult family homes C C Museums and art galleries of primarily local concern that do not meet the criteria for regional public facilities as defined in ECDC 21.85.033 A E Retail stores larger than 12,000 GSF X X Residential treatment facilities for alcoholics and drug abusers X X Light industrial X X Outdoor storage, incidental to a permitted use D D Packet Page 112 of 265 A = Permitted primary use B = Permitted secondary use C = Primary uses requiring a conditional use permit D = Secondary uses requiring a conditional use permit E = Permitted primary use on ground level floor only X = Not permitted [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. 16.100.040 Site development standards. A. Development Standards – General. Development requirements can be summarized as follows: A minimum of 25 percent of the heated space of the overall development shall be in commercial and/or retail space usage. See District Map at the end of this chapter. B. Building Scale and Building Height. 1. Intent. In order to provide a consistency of architectural scale for different sections of the development: The more commercial/retail area closer to Firdale Avenue shall be lower in scale than the multifamily buildings oriented to the rear of the site. 2. Building Height. a. District 1 – Commercial/Office/Retail. One to three stories (lowest floor to be 12 feet floor to floor minimum); minimum height: 20 feet; maximum height: 39 feet. Commercial and office are not permitted on the ground level floor of the building. b. District 2 – Multifamily Residential. Maximum: 39 feet; provided, that an additional story may be permitted to a maximum height of 48 feet in accordance with subsection (B)(2)(b)(i) of this section. Maximum height: 48 feet base height, for four stories, with possibility of an additional four feet, to allow for variation in rooflines, for a maximum building height of 52 feet. Elevator shaft enclosures can exceed this height only to meet building code. Guard railings required by and compliant with the state building code on roof decks can exceed the maximum roof height. See subsection (B)(2)(b)(ii) of this section. i. A fourth story to a maximum height of 48 feet may be allowed in District 2, for multifamily uses, if the project integrates green design methods and technologies throughout the project. The project must achieve at least a four-star level of the Built Green of Washington program or a LEED gold certification, or equivalent. See also ECDC 22.100.090, Sustainable design. ii. Building height may extend four feet above the maximum 39- or 48-foot height limit as applicable if all portions of the building above the stated height are modulated in design, or are designed as a hip, gable, arch, shed or other similar forms. Vertical parapet walls are not allowed to protrude above the 39-or 48-foot height limit unless they are part of an approved modulated design. For examples of permissible forms, see Figures C1, C2, C3, and C4 at the end of this chapter. Packet Page 113 of 265 iii. Ground floor residential in District 2 shall be higher than the public side- walk/way by a minimum of three feet, or accessed through a residential courtyard to segregate it from the public way. 3. Elevator shafts and/or stairway penthouse shafts may extend above the maximum building height by five feet when compliant with building code criteria. 4. Mechanical equipment may extend above this base building height a maximum of five feet. C. Parking Standards. 1. Minimum Spaces Required. a. Commercial Including Office, Retail and Restaurant Uses. Minimum: Provide one space for every 400 square feet. Twenty-five percent of parking places designated for office space must also be shared with multifamily residential uses, and shall be easily accessible to multifamily residential units. b. Multifamily Uses. Minimum: Provide 1.5 spaces per unit. Additional parking for residential units shall be provided in a shared parking area for office/commercial and resi- dential. c. For guest parking, provide one space for every 10 units or 0.10 spaces for every unit as a minimum. 2. For shared parking arrangements, a binding covenant in readable format describing terms of the shared parking arrangement shall be required between the property man- agement companies/owners of the residential and commercial uses describing the joint use of the parking areas, and shall be approved as to form by the city attorney. D. Site Setbacks. See District Map at the end of this chapter for illustration of setbacks, buffers and related notes. Setback distances refer to areas above ground. Underground structures can be within the setback area as long as adequate soil depth is provided to support the existence of trees and vegetation; provided, however, that no below- ground structure may extend into or under the 20-foot setback at the north property line. 1. Minimum side setbacks are 15 feet. 2. The minimum setback on the northern boundary of the site is 20 feet. The required setback shall be landscaped and designed to provide a buffer to adjoining R-zoned property. 3. Where the proposed development abuts a single-family residential (RS) zoned property, the proposed development shall also modulate the design of any building facades facing the single-family residential (RS) zoned property. See subsection (F) of this section, Design Standards, for additional information. 4. SW Corner Setbacks. District 1 shall extend to street property line with no setback, and set back from the west property line by 15 feet. District 2 shall be set back on a per floor basis, with the second floor set back from the street property line by 30 feet, and the west property line by 35 feet. Third floor setback shall be 55 feet from the street property line and 35 feet from the west property line. All floors shall revert to minimum setback from the west property line of 15 feet when 80 feet from the street property line and greater. E. Open Space. 1. Design Intent. The project shall include a comprehensive open space network that uses courtyard(s) and other open space elements to connect the residential and commercial uses. 2. Open Space Requirements. Minimum open space requirement for the development: Shall be 20 percent of the overall site area. Carol’s comment: See memo on open space and Packet Page 114 of 265 the Citizens Alliance case. The minimum open space requirement may include setback areas, all developed pedestrian areas including landscaped walkways, plazas, and courtyards and other passive open spaces in the commercial area. The calculation may also include public open space for the residential uses. The calculation shall not include parking areas, driveways, or service areas. Packet Page 115 of 265 F. Design Standards. For more descriptive information on design standards and guide- lines, please see Chapter 22.100 ECDC. [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. Packet Page 116 of 265 District Map Packet Page 117 of 265 [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. Packet Page 118 of 265 Roof Diagrams Packet Page 119 of 265 Roof Diagrams [Ord. 3760 § 1, 2009]. Packet Page 120 of 265 CHAPTER 16.00 PURPOSE AND ESTABLISHMENT OF ZONING DISTRICTS Sections: 16.00.000 Zoning Districts Generally. 16.00.010 Residential Zoning Districts Generally. 16.00.020 Single-Family Residential Zone. 16.00.030 Multiple Residential Zone. 16.00.040 Purpose of Business and Commercial Zoning Districts. 16.00.050 Downtown Business Zone. 16.00.060 Neighborhood Business Zone. 16.00.070 Community Business Zone. 16.00.080 Business and Commercial Zoning Districts. 16.00.090 Planned Business Zone. 16.00.100 Commercial Zoning Districts Generally. 16.00.110 Medical Use Zoning Districts. 16.00.120 Open Space Zoning Districts. 16.00.130 Marine Resource Zoning District. 16.00.140 Master Plan Hillside Mixed-Use Zoning District. 16.00.150 Office Residential Zoning District. 16.00.160 Public Use Zoning District. 16.00.170 Firdale Village Mixed-Use Zoning District. 16.00.000 Zoning Districts Generally. A. This Chapter establishes zoning districts, consistent with the City’s Comprehensive Plan and depicted in the Official Zoning Map. Every unit of land (parcel, lot, tract, etc.) within the City is designated with a zoning district or “zone,” and may also be designated with one or more overlay zones. The use of land is limited to the uses allowed by the applicable zone(s) and the development regulations in this Title. B. In addition to the purposes stated in the Comprehensive Plan, the zoning districts shall have the following purposes: 1. To implement the Comprehensive Plan for the physical development of the City by regulating and providing for existing uses, as well as to plan for the future, as specified in the Comprehensive Plan; and 2. To protect the character and the social and economic stability of residential, commercial, industrial and other uses within the City, and to ensure the orderly and beneficial development of those uses by: a. Preserving and retaining appropriate areas for each type of use; b. Preventing encroachment into these areas by incompatible uses; and Packet Page 121 of 265 c. Regulating the use of individual parcels of land to prevent unreasonable detrimental effects of nearby uses. 16.00.010 Residential Zoning Districts Generally. The general purposes of the residential or “R” zoning districts are: A. To provide for areas of residential uses at a range of densities consistent with public health and safety and the Comprehensive Plan; B. To identify the following factors and values as those that any growth and development should preserve for itself and its neighbors: 1. Light (including direct sunlight); 2. Privacy; 3. Views, open spaces, shorelines and other natural features; C. To provide for community facilities which complement residential areas and benefit from a residential environment; D. To minimize traffic congestion and avoid the overloading of utilities by relating the size and density of new buildings to the land around them, the capacity of nearby streets, and the availability of utilities; E. To protect residential areas from hazards and nuisances, such as fire, explosion, noxious fumes and noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibration, heat, glare and heavy truck traffic, which may result from other, more intense, land uses. New language to consider: Residential zoning districts are intended to accommodate a mix of residential uses at planned densities, consistent with the housing needs of the City; promote the orderly development and improvement of neighborhoods; facilitate compatibility between dissimilar land uses; allow residences in proximity, and with direct connections, to schools, parks, and community services; and to ensure efficient use of land and public facilities. 16.00.020 Single Family (RS) Zoning District. 1. Purpose. The RS zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones identified in ECDC Sections 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: a. To reserve and regulate areas primarily for family living in single-family dwellings; b. To provide for additional nonresidential uses which complement and are compatible with single-family dwelling use. 2. Subdistricts. Seven subdistricts are established in the RS zone in order to provide site development standards for areas which differ in topography, location, existing development and other factors. These subdistricts shall be known as the RS-6 zone, the RS-8 zone, the RS-10 zone, the RS-12 zone, the RSW-12 zone, the RS-20 zone, and the RS-MP zone. Packet Page 122 of 265 16.00.030 Multiple Residential (RM) Zoning District. 1. Purpose. The RM zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for residential zones identified in ECDC Sections 16.00.010 and 16.10.000: a. To reserve and regulate areas for a variety of housing types, and a range of greater densities than are available in the single-family residential zone, while still maintaining a residential environment; b. To provide for those additional uses which complement and are compatible with multiple residential uses. 2. Subdistricts. Four subdistricts are established in the RM zone, in order to provide site development standards for areas which differ in topography, location, existing development and other factors. These subdistricts shall be known as the RM-1.5, RM- Edmonds Way (RM-EW), RM-2.4, and RM-3 zones. 16.00.040 Purpose of Business and Commercial Zoning Districts Generally. A. Purposes. The general purposes of the business and commercial (B or C) zones are: 1. To provide for areas for commercial uses offering various goods and services according to the different geographical areas and various categories of customers they serve; 2. To provide for areas where commercial uses may concentrate for the convenience of the public and in mutually beneficial relationships to each other; 3. To provide for residential uses, community facilities and institutions which may appropriately locate in commercial areas; 4. To require adequate landscaping and off-street parking and loading facilities; 5. To protect commercial uses from hazards such as fire, explosion and noxious fumes, and also nuisances created by industrial uses such as noise, odor, dust, dirt, smoke, vibration, heat, glare and heavy truck traffic. New language to consider: Commercial zoning districts accommodate a mix of commercial services, retail and civic uses, with [existing residences permitted to continue] and new residential uses permitted in . Two commercial zoning districts, one for Downtown, and one for General Commercial areas, provide for the full range of commercial land uses within the City. The zoning district regulations are intended to promote the orderly development and improvement of walkable commercial areas; facilitate compatibility between dissimilar land uses; provide employment opportunities in proximity, and with direct connections, to house; and to ensure efficient use of land and public facilities. The commercial areas allow many of the same uses, except that different development and design standards apply to specific types of development based on the physical context and pedestrian-orientation of each district. Packet Page 123 of 265 16.00.050. Downtown Business (BD) Zone. 1. Purpose. The BD zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: a. Promote downtown Edmonds as a setting for retail, office, entertainment and associated businesses supported by nearby residents and the larger Edmonds community, as a destination for visitors from throughout the region; b. Define the downtown commercial and retail core along streets having the strongest pedestrian links and pedestrian-oriented design elements, while protecting downtown’s identity; c. Identify supporting arts and mixed use residential and office areas which support and complement downtown retail use areas. Provide for a strong central retail core at downtown’s focal center while providing for a mixture of supporting commercial and residential uses in the area surrounding this retail core area; d. Focus development between the commercial and retail core and the Edmonds Center for the Arts on small-scale, retail, service and multi-family residential uses. 2. Subdistricts. The “downtown business” zone is subdivided into five distinct subdistricts, each intended to implement specific aspects of the comprehensive plan that pertain to the Downtown Waterfront Activity Center. Each subdistrict contains its own unique mix of uses and zoning regulations, as described in this Chapter. The five subdistricts are: BD1 – Downtown Retail Core; BD2 – Downtown Mixed Commercial; BD3 – Downtown Convenience Commercial; BD4 – Downtown Mixed Residential; BD5 – Downtown Arts Corridor. 16.00.060 Neighborhood Business (BN) Zone. The BN zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas, for those retail stores, offices, retail service establishments which offer goods and services needed on an everyday basis by residents of a neighborhood area; and B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns by allowing uses that are operated chiefly within buildings. 16.00.070 Community Business (BC) Zone. The BC and BC-Edmonds Way zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: Packet Page 124 of 265 A. To reserve areas for those retail stores, offices, service establishments and amusement establishments which offer goods and services to the entire community; B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns by allowing uses that are operated chiefly within buildings; C. To allow for mixed-use development which includes multiple dwelling unit(s) that support business uses; D. To implement the policies of Edmonds’ Comprehensive Plan for the Edmonds Way Corridor; E. To meet the goals of the Growth Management Act and the City of Edmonds’ Comprehensive Plan for housing diversity and economic vitality. 16.00.090 Planned Business (BP) Zone. The BP zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for those small scale neighborhood-oriented retail stores, offices and retail service establishments which offer goods and services needed on an everyday basis by residents of adjacent neighborhood areas; B. To ensure compact, convenient development patterns which provide a transition to and do not intrude into adjacent residential neighborhoods; C. To permit uses which allow for controlled access by arterial traffic but which do not contribute significantly to traffic congestion; D. To permit uses which provide for pedestrian and transit access to development from adjacent neighborhoods; E. To permit commercial uses which utilize site designs which allow for and promote shared access with adjacent commercial parcels. 16.00.100 Purpose of Commercial Zoning Districts Generally. See, Section 16.00.020(A) above. 16.00.110 Commercial Waterfront (CW) Zone. The CW zone has the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. To reserve areas for water-dependent and water-related uses and for uses which will attract pedestrians to the waterfront; B. To protect and enhance the natural features of the waterfront, and encourage public use of the waterfront; and C. To ensure physical and visual access to the waterfront for the public. 16.00.120 General Commercial (CG and CG2) Zones. The CG and CG2 zones have the following specific purposes in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.40 ECDC: A. Encourage the development and retention of commercial uses which provide high economic benefit to the City. Mixed-use and transit-oriented developments Packet Page 125 of 265 are encouraged which provide significant commercial uses as a component of an overall mixed development scheme; B. Improve access and circulation for people by encouraging a development pattern that supports transit and pedestrian access. Improve vehicular circulation and access to support business and economic development; C. Provide and encourage the opportunity for different sections along the Highway 99 corridor to emphasize their unique characteristics and development opportunities rather than require the corridor to develop as an undifferentiated continuum. New developments should be high-quality and varied – not generic – and include amenities for pedestrians and patrons. D. Encourage a variety of uses and building types. A variety of uses and building types is appropriate to take advantage of different opportunities and conditions. Where designated in the comprehensive plan, the zoning should encourage mixed-use or taller high-rise development to occur. E.. Encourage development that is sensitive to surrounding neighborhoods. Protect residential qualities and connect businesses with the local community. Pedestrian connections should be made available as part of new development to connect residents to appropriate retail and service uses. G. New development should be allowed and encouraged to develop to fullest extent possible while assuring that the design quality and amenities provided contribute to the overall character and quality of the corridor. Where intense development adjoins residential areas, site design (including buffers, landscaping and the arrangement of uses) and building design should be used to minimize adverse impacts on residentially zoned properties. H. Upgrade the architectural and landscape design qualities of the corridor. Establish uniform signage regulations for all properties within the corridor area which provide for business visibility and commerce while minimizing clutter and distraction to the public. Make the corridor more attractive and pedestrian-friendly (e.g., add trees and landscaping) through a combination of development requirements and – when available – public investment. I. Within the corridor, high-rise modes designated in the Comprehensive Plan should provide for maximum economic use of suitable commercial land. High-rise nodes should be: 1. Supported by adequate services and facilities; 2. Designed to provide a visual asset to the community through the use of distinctive forms and materials, differentiated facades, attractive landscaping, and similar techniques; 3. Designed to take advantage of different forms of access, including automobile, transit and pedestrian access; and 4. Designed to provide adequate buffering from lower intensity uses and residential neighborhoods. 16.00.130 Medical Use (MU) Zone. The MU zone has the following specific purposes: A. To reserve areas for hospitals and related medical facilities; Packet Page 126 of 265 B. To reserve areas that would provide the underlying zoning needed to enable master planning for medical campuses; C. To reserve areas for the concentration of medical facilities in order to enable the efficient provision of a wide spectrum of medical services; and D. The uses permitted in this zone are intended to be functionally related to or serve medical uses or health care services. 16.00.140 Open Space (OS) Zone. The OS zone has the following specific purposes: A. To designate land which has been donated to or acquired by the city or the pubic, or private non-profit agency for open space use or which contributes significantly to the open space inventory of the community; B. To regulate the use of these lands and other land in private ownership, which cannot be developed without severe irreversible environmental impacts, which are either: part of a required greenbelt area; a native growth protection easement; or which provide an identifiable link to the city’s open space or critical areas inventory. 16.00.150 Marine Resource (MR) Zone. The MR zone has the following purposes: A. To regulate the use of tidelands, and other land covered by salt water; B. To preserve and enhance the natural marine environment along the shoreline of Edmonds; and C. To provide local control of the natural marine environment to the extent that state and federal regulation allow. 16.00.160 Master Plan Hillside Mixed-Use (MP1 and MP2) Zones. The Hillside Mixed-Use Zoning District is comprised of two distinct zoning categories which are identical in all respects except as specifically provided for in ____________. The MP1 and MP2 zones have the following specific purposes, in addition to the general purposes for business and commercial zones listed in Chapter 16.____: A. To reserve an area where potential exists for planned development that can benefit the public by providing new tax revenue; B. To reserve an areas where a mix of land uses can take advantage of site conditions and water views; C. To permit construction in accordance with a master plan concept and site design that is visually pleasing; D. To promote a mix of residential, commercial and other uses in a manner that is consistent with the city’s comprehensive plan, and with the downtown waterfront plan that has been adopted as a part of the comprehensive plan. The mix of uses is contemplated to occur throughout the MP1 and MP2 zones; mixed-use development is not required on any specific parcel of land; E. To encourage visual access to the water for the public from public spaces within the development; F. The height limit and calculation procedures established for the MP1 and MP2 zones have been adopted after full consideration of the topographical constraints of Packet Page 127 of 265 sites within the zones. Variances are not available under current city code provisions in order to make more profitable use of a property. In adopting these provisions, the city council has specifically provided for, and made allowances for, the site constraints and topographical features inherent in development of the designated MP1 and MP2 zones. Therefore, no other height variance would typically be available absent a showing of constraints unanticipated on the date of adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter. [Carol’s comment: Consider eliminating the language re: variances from this section and inserting it where it will actually be discovered – in the section re: variances. In the purpose section for variances, state that variances are not allowed in the MP1 and MP2 zones. Otherwise, how would anyone find this language? Are only height variances prohibited?] 16.00.170 Office Residential (OR) Zone. The Office-Residential (OR) zone is intended to be applied to areas designed in the comprehensive plan for “planned residential-office” development on the west side of Sunset Avenue south of Bell Street. This area is appropriate for development which provides for a mix of small-scale office and residential uses which provide a transition between the more intensive commercial uses along Main Street and the residential uses along Sunset Avenue. Because the area of this designation is located adjacent to commercial development to the south, the railroad to the west, and is near both multiple-family and single-family residential development, this area should act as a transition between these uses. The purpose of this zone is to restrict commercial and multiple residential uses in scale and intensity so as to reduce noise, parking and traffic impacts on the adjacent residential neighborhood. The height and setback limits established for this zone have been adopted after full consideration of the topographical constraints of sites within the zone. Variances are not available under current city code provisions in order to make more profitable use of a property. In adopting these provisions, the city council has specifically provided for, and made allowances for, the site constraints and topographical features inherent in development of the designated OR sites. Therefore, no other height variance would typically be available absent a special showing of constraints unanticipated on the date of adoption of the ordinance codified in this chapter. Carol’s comment: Remove this language from this section and address the prohibition on variances on property in this zone in the section re: variances. 16.00.180 Public Use (P) Zone. The Public Use (P) zone has the following purposes: A. To provide for siting and development of regional public facilities to be located in or near residential areas and to establish standards which will minimize the impact of these facilities on nearby properties; and B. To regulate the use of these lands to assure their continuing availability for public use. 16.00.190 Firdale Village Mixed-Use (____) Zone. Packet Page 128 of 265 A. The design vision for Firdale Village is to create a vibrant neighborhood village form of development that strikes a balance between commercial, retail and residential uses and contributes to the vitality of the neighborhood and area. The zone is intended to support a variety of commercial and retail uses along with multi-family residential in an environment that is accessible to the pedestrian, visitor, tenant, motorist and public transit user. B. The Firdale Village Mixed Use Zone has the following specific purposes, in addition to the general purpose for business and commercial zones in Chapter ______: 1. To reserve and regulate areas for a “neighborhood center” type of mixed-use development that includes a mix of commercial and multi-residential housing types, and a range of greater densities than are available in the single-family residential zone; 2. To promote a mix of residential, commercial and other uses in a manner that is consistent with the city’s comprehensive plan (i.e., 25 percent of heated floor area shall be commercial space); and 3. To provide for those additional uses which complement and are compatible with multiple residential uses. C. The codes contained within this chapter are to be used in conjunction with the Firdale Village Design Standards in Chapter _____. Packet Page 129 of 265 M E M O R A N D U M ______________________________________________________________________________ DATE: February 18, 2014 TO: Rob Chave, City of Edmonds FROM: Carol Morris, Morris Law, P.C. RE: Title 16 – Zone Districts – Carol’s Comments Rob, this memo accompanies my review of the City of Edmonds Community Development Code, Title 16 (chapters 16.00 through 16.100). As we discussed, the City will be converting Title 16 (Zone Districts) into graph form, so that there will not be lists of permitted, conditional and prohibited uses in each chapter. However, the City will still need the sections of Title 16 relating to the purpose and intent of each zoning district. I have attached my proposed chapter 16.00 which combines all of the purpose and intent sections for each zoning district. Many of the development standards applicable to each zone will remain, so I have also made comments in red on the text of Title 16 (also attached). Many of my comments apply to more than one zoning district. These comments need to be considered in each zone, even if I didn’t always insert the comment next to each applicable subsection. Some of my comments warrant further elaboration as follows: 1. “Allowed Uses,” “Outright Permitted Uses,” and “Conditional Uses.” The terminology used in the Code is very confusing. For example, in Section 16.20.010, there are “permitted primary uses,” “permitted secondary uses,” “primary uses requiring a conditional use permit,” and “secondary uses requiring a conditional use permit.” Churches are “permitted primary uses” that are “subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020” in the RS zone, according to Section 16.20.010(A)(2). However, under Section 17.100.020: Churches shall be allowed uses within all residential, business and commercial zones, subject to the requirements of this section. Neighborhood churches shall be permitted outright permitted uses in all zones, community churches shall be conditional uses in all zones. Packet Page 130 of 265 I couldn’t find a definition in the definitions chapter for “neighborhood church,” or “community church.” I couldn’t find a definition for “allowed uses,” or “outright permitted uses.” As a result, I can’t tell which churches are allowed without a conditional use permit. From my reading of these two chapters, I can’t tell what permit is required for a church in the RS zone. Section 17.100.020(I) on churches is also confusing and unnecessarily complicated with regard to secondary uses. For example, in the RS zone (Section 16.20.010), there are Permitted Secondary Uses and Secondary Uses requiring a Conditional Use Permit. However, in 17.100.020(I), it appears that the Secondary Uses identified in 16.20.010 may only be allowed in the same zone with a church if subsections 17.100.020(I)(1) through (3) are satisfied. 2. Definitions. All of the various uses that are allowed (either primary, accessory or conditional uses) must be defined in the definition chapter. Then, under each definition, the City should identify the code section(s) that list all of the elements of the use. For example, instead of stating, under “permitted primary uses” in Section 16.20.010(A)(2) “Churches, subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.020,” the graph would list “neighborhood churches” as “permitted” in the RS zone. The definition of “neighborhood church” in the definition chapter in the Zoning Code would actually describe a neighborhood church and distinguish it from a community church. The section of the code referencing the development standards applicable to a neighborhood church would be mentioned in the definition. 3. Ambiguous Distinctions between Permitted and Conditional Uses. Under Section 16.20.010(A)(4), “local public facilities that are planned, designated and sited in the capital improvement plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.050” are permitted primary uses in the RS zone.” The term “capital improvement plan” is not defined. The definition of “local public facilities” includes agencies other than the City of Edmonds. The issue here is how the City would be able to require that a “local public facility” obtain a conditional use permit to locate in the RS zone because it did not plan, designate or site this facility in a “capital improvement plan,” when there isn’t a definition of this term and there aren’t any requirements for any agencies to adopt capital improvement plans. Keep in mind that “a statute which either forbids or requires the doing of an act in terms so vague that men and women of common intelligence must necessarily guess at its meaning and differ as to its application, violates the first essential of due process of law.” Anderson v. Issaquah, 70 Wash. App. 64, 75, 851 P.2d 744 (1993). 4. Requiring “Master Plans” for Uses Permitted Outright. Under Section 16.20.010(A)(5), “neighborhood parks, natural open spaces and community parks with an adopted master plan subject to the requirements of ECDC 17.100.070” are allowed as “permitted primary uses.” If the reader refers to ECDC 17.100.070(A)(1), under “permitted use,” it states: “neighborhood parks, natural open space areas and community parks with an adopted master plan are allowed in all zones.” I can’t find the procedure to obtain an “adopted master plan.” Packet Page 131 of 265 There are also additional development standards in Section 17.100.070. It is unclear whether the adopted master plan would incorporate these standards. Questions: Are neighborhood parks, natural open spaces and community parks permitted outright in the RS zone or not? If a master plan must be submitted and adopted by the City, where is this procedure? If these uses don’t have a master plan and are allowed in the RS zone with a CUP, why not simply state that in order to site a neighborhood park, natural open space or community park in the RS zone, a CUP must be obtained and take these uses out of the permitted outright list? 5. Day Care, Family Day Care and Adult Family Homes. Under Section 16.20.010(B)(8), a family day care is allowed as a secondary permitted use in the RS zone. I know that under “day care, family” there are definitions corresponding to the uses in the various zones. However, these definitions used by the City regarding family day care and adult family homes need to be revised because they are defined in state law, and there are specific state laws requiring that the City allow them in certain zones, as follows: A. Family Day Care. “Family day care provider” is “a child care provider who regularly provides early childhood education and early learning services for not more than twelve children in the provider’s home in the family living quarters.” RCW 43.215.010. The City can’t prohibit the location of any family day care in any residential dwelling located in an area zoned for residential or commercial use.” RCW 35A.63.215. The City can impose zoning restrictions on the establishment of a family day care provider’s home in an area zoned for residential or commercial use, so long as these conditions are no more restrictive than conditions imposed on other residential dwellings in the same zone and the establishment of a family day care is not prohibited. This means that the City needs to change its definition in Section 21.20.010 and review the permitted use in each zone to ensure that family day cares are allowed in all residential and commercial zones. In those zones where the City requires a single family home to obtain a CUP (if any), the City can also require that a family day care obtain a CUP. The City can also impose certain restrictions on family day cares (see, RCW 35A.63.215(2-3). B. Adult Family Homes. “Adult family home” is a “residential home in which a person or persons provide personal care, special care, room and board to not more than six adults who are not related by blood or marriage to the person or persons providing the services.” RCW 70.128.010(1). The City is required to allow “adult family homes” as a permitted use in all areas zone for residential or commercial purposes. C. Home Day Care. The chapter entitled “home day care” (chapter 20.19) needs to be substantially revised. The City needs to differentiate between “family day care,” “adult Packet Page 132 of 265 family homes,” and “mini-day care.” Certain state laws apply to family day care and adult family homes, and these uses should not be lumped together with “mini-day care” or any other use that the City has created. In Section 20.19.010, it appears that the City allows certain uses with an administrative CUP (no hearing required). We should discuss this – the City may wish to consider allowing anyone who seeks to operate a family day care, adult family home or mini-day care to obtain a home occupation permit instead. 6. Uses Permitted Outright vs. CUP. The City should consider the impacts of the uses that are allowed outright and compare those to the uses that require a CUP to operate. For example, a bed and breakfast with 2 rental bedrooms (Section 16.20.010(B)(10) is permitted as a secondary use, but a guest house with not more than 2 bedrooms requires a CUP in the same zone. 7. Site Development Exceptions. In Section 16.20.040, there are a number of site development exceptions that may or may not apply in other zones. If these exceptions do apply in other zones, the City should consider inserting them in a separate chapter and then listing the zones in which the exceptions apply (rather than listing the exceptions over and over again in each applicable zone). 8. Master Plan. In Section 16.20.045, there are site development standards applicable to the “single-family master plan zone.” If this is a separate approval, it needs to be included in the permit processing chapter, and we need to identify the elements of a complete application, the procedure for the processing of the master plan, the deadline for issuance of the final decision on the master plan, the date it expires, etc. I am confused as to the trigger for a single family master plan in this zone. Is it the density? Looks like if the density is RS-12, no master plan is needed. However, if the density is proposed as RS-6 or RS-8, then a master plan is required. However, in the last paragraph of this section, there is reference to a master plan approved under RS-12 densities. Plus, I am confused as to the need for a master plan approval only for the lower densities. Given that a traffic study is needed, it would appear that a master plan would also be required for RS-12 density. 9. Satellite TV and Ham Radio Antennas. There are lengthy regulations applicable to satellite TV and ham radio antennas in the residential zones. My suggestion would be to incorporate them into a chapter close to the City’s chapter on telecommunications facilities. Also, if the City is requiring additional permits for approval of these facilities, the type of approval needs to be identified. The procedure isn’t completely clear – it appears to be an administrative approval, except when adjacent property owners requires a waiver? Then, it appears that architectural review is needed in some circumstances for a ham radio antenna? What design conditions can be imposed on a ham radio antenna, other than landscaping up to a Packet Page 133 of 265 certain height? This needs to be revised so that the permit procedure is completely clear. The hearing examiner doesn’t have the authority to decide when architectural review is required – the permit procedures need to be in the code. 10. Low Impact Development. Rather than sprinkling the definition of “low-impact development” throughout the footnotes in the code, there should be a separate chapter that defines the applicable terms, identifies the type of low impact development that is acceptable to the City, and identifies the trigger for substitution of low impact development standards. 11. Open Space Requirements. In Section 16.43.030, subsection E, there is a requirement that for buildings larger than 12,000 square feet or having an overall building width of more than 120 feet, at least 5% of the lot area shall be devoted to open space. The City needs to evaluate all of the set aside requirements like this (another example would be for lot coverage percentages) to determine whether or not it complies with the court’s decision in Citizen’s Alliance for Property Rights v. Sims, 145 Wash. App. 649, 668, 187 P.3d 786 (2008). The City’s code imposes a uniform requirement that 5% of open space be set aside for each development. If this is unrelated to any evaluation of the demonstrated impact (including the nature and extent of such impact) of the proposed development, it could be invalidated under the court’s holding in Citizen’s Alliance. We should discuss this issue because it does arise in several places in your development standards. 12. Architectural Design Standards. It appears that there are a number of architectural design standards included in the chapters relating to the zoning districts. If this is true, the architectural design standards should be removed from the zoning district chapters and placed in the chapter on architectural design standards. Otherwise, there is a risk of confusion (these standards may be different from those in the chapter containing the design standards). 13. Height. In Section 16.62.020(A), footnote 2, it appears that a property owner can decide to construct his development to the maximum height of 35 feet, or he/she may decide to construct to the height restriction in the comprehensive plan (if the height restrictions are expressed in feet or stories). This is an appeal issue waiting to happen. The City is required to adopt development standards that are consistent with and implement the comprehensive plan. If the City wants to allow a property owner the ability to construct a development to the height allowed in the comprehensive plan, then the City should simply amend the code to be consistent with the comprehensive plan. 14. Landmark Structures. In Section 16.75.010(D)(2), there is a definition of a “landmark structure.” It appears that if a developer decides to construct a landmark structure, the developer can increase the height of the structure over the height limit with a conditional use permit. I understand that this is a way of providing a bonus to a developer who chooses to construct a Packet Page 134 of 265 structure that will incorporate certain public amenities. Does this mean that if a developer proposes to provide architectural detail on the building, that the building can be increased to 48 feet in height? Does the CUP process address this height increase? What happens if the property owner agrees to install a public use, but this use is moved out after a year or two? 15. Master Plan. In 16.75.020(D)(1): “no development shall be permitted in an MP1 or MP2 zone unless a master plan has been prepared.” Where are the procedures for this master plan? We need a list of the elements of a complete application, the criteria for approval, the deadline for issuance, date of expiration of the approval, etc. It appears that there aren’t any criteria for approval of the master plan, but after adoption of the plan, the applicant has to submit more information (?). Section 16.75.020(D)(4). This is very confusing. The type of approval must be identified. In subsection (D)(5), it states that a master plan may be approved as a comp plan amendment, PRD or contract rezone. This is very confusing. A master plan can be either a legislative comprehensive plan amendment, which can only be approved once a year, or the developer can submit it as a PRD, which is a quasi-judicial application that can be submitted at any time? The code also allows other quasi-judicial applications to be submitted at the same time, which is inconsistent with the way such approvals are processed (legislative approvals can’t be processed together with quasi-judicial approvals). In sum, all permit processes need to be removed from the individual zoning districts. All permit processes need to be in the permit processing chapter. And, the City needs to decide what type of approval this master plan is by defining what it does. The above is a brief summary of the largest issues noted in Title 16. There are more detailed comments in the attached. If you would like to discuss these comments, please let me know. Packet Page 135 of 265 DRAFT – January 10, 2014 CHAPTER 3.1 CONDITIONAL USE PERMITS Sections: 3.1.100 Purpose. 3.1.110 Administration. 3.1.120 Procedure for Conditional Use Permit Approval. 3.1.130 Requirements for Complete Application. 3.1.140 Criteria for Approval. 3.1.150 Deadline for Final Decision. 3.1.160 Effect of Approval. 3.1.170 Expiration, Extensions and Permit Implementation. 3.1.100 Purpose. Certain uses are allowed in a particular zoning district, but due to the nature of their impacts on surrounding land uses and public facilities, require a discretionary, case-by-case review and analysis for the possible imposition of conditions to mitigate the adverse effects of the use. These are identified as “conditional uses.” The purpose of this chapter is to provide standards and procedures under which a conditional use may be permitted, enlarged or altered, if the site is appropriate and if other appropriate conditions of approval can be met. A conditional use permit shall not grant variances to development regulations. A use that was legally established but is now permitted only as a conditional use is not a nonconforming use and will be regulated as if a conditional use permit had earlier been granted. 3.1.110 Administration. The Planning Director is authorized and directed to administer the provisions of this Chapter relating to Conditional Use Permits. The authority to hold an open record public hearing and provide a (final decision? Recommendation?) is granted to the (Hearing Examiner? Planning Commission?) and the City Council has the authority to make a (final decision? Decision on appeal?) after a closed record hearing. 3.1.120 Procedure for Conditional Use Permit Approval. The following steps shall be followed in the processing of conditional use permit applications [hyperlink will be set to each procedure so the reader will be directed to the appropriate section of the permit processing title]; A. __.__.__ Determination of Complete Application; B. __.__.__ Notice of Application; Packet Page 136 of 265 C. __.__.__ SEPA;1 D. __.__.__ Determination of Consistency; E. __.__.__ Notice of Public Hearing; F. __.__.__ Preparation of Staff Report; G. __.__.__ Public Hearing; H. __.__.__ Notice of Decision; I. __.__.__ Administrative Appeal (if any); J. __.__.__ Closed Record Hearing; and K. __.__.__ Final Decision. 3.1.130 Requirements for Complete Application. The following materials shall be submitted to the City for a complete application for a conditional use permit: A. Application form. _____ copies of a completed application form; B. Date, name, address, telephone number and e-mail of the applicant, and if different from the property owner, verification of the property owner’s consent to the submission of the application; C. Name, address, telephone number and e-mail of the owner of the property identified in the application; D. Legal description of the subject property; E. Description and photographs of existing site conditions; F. Architectural drawings of all structures proposed to be developed on the subject property; G. Complete application for a site plan, showing the proposed placement of structures on the property, together with access and circulation on the site; H. Complete application for a grading plan; I. Complete application for a landscaping plan; J. Drawings of all proposed signs; K. A SEPA Checklist; L. Concurrency determination (water, sewer and traffic?) M. A copy of all existing and proposed restrictions and covenants; N. A narrative report or letter describing compliance with all applicable approval criteria in Section 3.1.140. O. The application fee established by the City. 3.1.140 Criteria for Approval. The City shall approve, approve with conditions or deny an application for a conditional use permit after making written findings and conclusions based on each of the criteria set forth below: A. Generally. 1. That the conditional use is consistent with the objectives of the Zoning Code and the purpose of the zoning district in which the subject site/property is located; 1 If an EIS issues, there may be an appeal of the EIS, with an open record hearing. See __________ (reference the City’s SEPA procedures). Packet Page 137 of 265 2. That granting the conditional use will not be detrimental to the public health, safety or welfare. The factors to be considered in making this finding shall include, but not be limited to an evaluation whether: a. The site size, dimensions, location, topography and access are adequate for the needs of the proposed use, considering the proposed building mass, parking, traffic, and aesthetic considerations; b. The proposed use raises concerns regarding property damage or nuisance arising from noise, vibration, exhaust/emissions, light, glare, erosion, odor, dust or visibility; c. The proposed use presents a hazard to persons or property from possible explosion, contamination, fire or flood; and d. There will be an impact on surrounding areas arising from an unusual volume or character of traffic. 3. The characteristics of the conditional use as proposed and as it may be conditioned are reasonably compatible with the types of uses permitted in the surrounding area. 4. All required public facilities have adequate capacity to serve the proposal. B. Site Design Standards. 1. The application complies with all of the applicable provisions of the underlying zone, including, but not limited to: building and yard setbacks, lot area and dimensions, density and floor area, lot coverage, building height, building orientation, architecture, and other special standards as may be required for certain land uses; 2. The applicant shall be required to upgrade any existing development that does not comply with the applicable zoning provisions in conformance with chapter _.__ (Non-Conforming Development); and 3. The application complies with all of the design standards in the Zoning Code applicable to: (a) access and circulation; (b) landscaping, vegetation, street trees, fences and walls; (c) parking and loading; (d) public facilities; (e) surface water management; (f) critical areas and any other applicable standards. C. Conditions of Approval. The City may impose conditions that are found necessary to ensure that the use is compatible with other uses in the vicinity, and that the negative impact of the proposed use on the surrounding uses and public facilities is minimized. These conditions include, but are not limited to: 1. Limiting the hours, days, place and/or manner of operation; Packet Page 138 of 265 2. Requiring site or architectural design features which minimize environmental impacts such as noise, vibration, exhaust/emissions, light, glare, erosion, odor and/or dust; 3. Requiring larger setback areas, lot area, and/or lot depth or width; 4. Limiting the building or structure height, size or lot coverage, and/or location on the site; 5. Designating the size, number, location and/or design of vehicle access points or parking areas; 6. Requiring street right-of-way to be dedicated and street(s), sidewalks, curbs, planting strips, pathways or trails to be improved; 7. Requiring landscaping, screening, drainage, water quality features and/or improvement of parking and loading areas; 8. Limiting the number, size, location, height and/or lighting of signs; 9. Limiting or setting standards for the location, design and/or intensity of outdoor lighting; 10. Requiring berms, screening or landscaping and the establishment of standards for their installation and maintenance; 11. Requiring and designating the size, height, location and/or materials for fences; and 12. Requiring the protection and preservation of existing trees, soils, vegetation, watercourses, habitat areas, drainage areas, historic resources, cultural resources, and/or sensitive lands. D. Denial. The Director may recommend conditioning or denial of the conditional use permit application based on RCW 43.21C.060 (SEPA).2 In addition, the City may deny the conditional use permit if it determines that the proposed use is materially detrimental to the public welfare or injurious to property in the zone or vicinity in which the property is located. 3.1.150 Deadline for Final Decision. A conditional use permit application shall be approved, approved with conditions or denied within one hundred-twenty (120) days after the application has been determined complete, unless the applicant consents in writing to a longer processing time period. 3.1.160 Effect of Approval. A. Applies to Authorized Use Only. Issuance of a conditional use permit shall be deemed to authorize only the particular use for which it is issued, and such approval shall be deemed to run with the land, except that if a Quasi-Judicial Zoning Map Amendment that does not allow the conditional use is processed for the site, the use will be allowed to continue subject to the terms and conditions of the conditional use permit. 2 In order to deny an application under SEPA, the City must find that: (1) the proposal would result in significant adverse impacts identified in a final or supplemental environmental impact statement prepared under chapter 43.21C RCW; and (2) reasonable mitigation measures are insufficient to mitigate the identified impact. RCW 43.21C.060. Packet Page 139 of 265 B. Binding on Subsequent Owners. All conditions of approval shall be binding upon the applicant, their successors and assigns, shall run with the land; shall limit and control the issuance and validity of certificates of occupancy; and shall restrict and limit the construction, location, use and maintenance of all land and structures within the development. 3.1.170 Expiration, Extensions and Permit Implementation. A. A conditional use permit shall become null and void one year after the effective date, unless one of the following has occurred: 1. A building permit has issued and construction begun and diligently pursued; 2. An occupancy permit has issued and the approved use has been established; 3. An extension has been granted by the Planning Director. Such extension shall be for a maximum of ___ days, and no extension may be granted which would extend the validity of the permit more than 18 months beyond the effective date of the permit. No extension will be granted if it necessitates modification of any condition of approval; or 4. The decision on the Conditional Use Permit has established a different expiration date, such as tying it to the expiration of a Quasi-Judicial Map Amendment for the same property. B. Development of the Conditional Use shall not be carried out until the applicant has secured all other permits and approvals required by the City, or any applicable regional, state and federal agencies. C. Any Conditional Use that has been initiated and then discontinued may not be re-established or recommenced except pursuant to a new conditional use permit. The following will constitute conclusive evidence that the conditional use has been discontinued: 1. A new permit has been issued to change the use of the lot and the new use has been established; or 2. The lot has not been used for the purpose authorized by the conditional use permit for more than 24 consecutive months. Lots that are vacant, or that are used only for storage of materials and equipment, will not be considered as being used for the purpose authorized by the conditional use. The expiration or revocation of a business or other license necessary for the conditional use to operate will suffice as evidence that the lot is not being used for as authorized by the conditional use permit. Packet Page 140 of 265    AM-6650     5.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:30 Minutes   Submitted For:Council President Buckshnis Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Update on Strategic Action Plan - Information on Action Items Related to City Council Recommendation None Previous Council Action April 2, 2013 - After an extensive public outreach process that involved interviews, surveys, workshops and an open house, the City Council approved the Edmonds Strategic Action Plan.  Additional information related to this item can be found under Narrative below. December, 2013 – The Edmonds City Council appropriated $40,000 as part of the 2014 City budget to pay for a qualified person or firm to contract on a part-time basis for a period of one-year to perform consulting services to help facilitate implementation of the City’s Strategic Action Plan (SAP). Additional information related to this item can be found under the Narrative section below. Narrative The following is prepared by Comm Serv's / Econ Dev't Director Stephen Clifton The City of Edmonds Strategic Action Plan is intended to serve as the community’s road map by helping guide decisions regarding community priorities. For those unfamiliar with the history of this major project, the Economic Development Commission and the Planning Board submitted and recommended six higher priority proposals as part of their 2009 year-end report. One of the higher priorities included committing to developing, reviewing and updating a strategic plan annually, ideally corresponding to the City Council’s annual retreat. This would include setting goals and continually assessing progress metrics.  Post April 2, 2013 approval of the Strategic Action Plan, various key stakeholders have been working on how to implement plan actions that might relate to their entity/group/etc.  Key stakeholders include:  Senior Center – Ferrall Fleming (liaisons) Port of Edmonds – Bob McChesney (liaisons) Chamber of Commerce – Kyle Vixie, CEO/President (liaisons) City Council – Kristiana Johnson, Adrienne and Strom as Council (liaisons) Packet Page 141 of 265 EDC – Darrol Haug and Nathan Proudfoot on behalf of EDC (liaisons) Planning Board –Bill Ellis (liaisons) City Staff – Department Directors (Stephen Clifton as liaison) It's my understanding that the City Council, as a key stakeholder, is interested in discussing the Strategic Action Plan and more specifically, those portions that reference actions tied to the City Council either serving as a Lead Agent or Participant.  Similar to what I've done with the Strategic Action Plan as it relates to the Edmonds Chamber of Commerce, Port of Edmonds and Edmonds Senior Center, I performed a "find" function and highlighted in yellow the word "City Council" or "Council" throughout the document (see Attachment 1).  Within the section of the plan that contains specific actions, it will make it easier for Council members and others to find where the City Council serves as either a Lead Agent or Participant regarding implementation.  NOTE: As requested by Council member Buchshnis, Attachment 2 connects to a spreadsheet prepared by Darrol Haug that also relates to the Strategic Action Plan. It summarizes the action items within the plan and separate tabs indicate those that are tied to the City Council and Staff.    In addition to the above, because of my limited ability to talk at this time, I have prepared an overview of what has taken place since the City Council appropriated $40,000 to pay for a qualified person or firm to contract on a part-time basis for a period of one-year to perform consulting services to help facilitate implementation of the City’s Strategic Action Plan. Additional information related to this item can be found below. Decision Package: 55C  Contract with an individual/firm on a part-time basis for a period of one-year to help facilitate implementation of the Strategic Action Plan  Budget: $40,000 Plan    Timeline January - February, 2014 Prepared Request for Qualifications including scope of work Issued RFQ/RFP on January 30, 2014 Submittal deadline: February 18, 2014 Review Submittals / Interview Team (due to the wide range of SAP Plan Actions, I wanted to ensure that key stakeholders are represented) City Council – Adrienne Fraley Monillas, Peterson, Strom and Krisitiana Johnson  EDC - Darrol Haug, Nathan Proudfoot and Kevin Garret Senior Center Executive Director – Ferrall Fleming Port of Edmonds Executive Director – Bob McChesney Chamber of Commerce President and Chief Executive Officer - Kyle Vixie Edmonds Center for the Arts Executive Director - Joe McIalwain Edmonds Planning Board - Phil Lovell City Staff – Stephen Clifton, Carrie Hite and Frances Chapin • Reviewers are currently in process of reviewing submittals    March, 2014  • Interviews of candidates will take place on March 10, 2014 Packet Page 142 of 265 • Execute Professional Services Agreement with preferred candidate      I’ve also been keeping Dave Earling, Bruce Wittenberg and Diane Buckshnis up to speed on this issue. Attachments Strategic Action Plan - Includes Highlighted Text related to Edmonds City Council Strategic Action Plan Matrix Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date Community Services/Economic Dev.Stephen Clifton 03/09/2014 07:23 PM City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 09:20 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 09:27 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 09:30 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/06/2014 03:09 PM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 143 of 265 Strategic Action Plan Edmonds, Washington Approved by Edmonds City Council April 2, 2013 Packet Page 144 of 265 Mayor former Mayor Dave Earling, Mayor Mike Cooper City Council former City Council members Joan Bloom DJ Wilson Diane Buckshnis Steve Bernheim Adrienne Fraley-Monillas Michael Plunkett Kristiana Johnson Strom Peterson Lora Petso Frank Yamamoto Planning Board Kevin Clarke Phil Lovell Todd Cloutier John Reed Ian Duncan Valerie Stewart William Ellis Neil Tibbott Economic Development Commission former EDC members Evan Pierce – Chair Paul Anderson Bruce Witenberg – Vice Chair Kerry Ayers John Dewhirst Tim Crosby John Eckert Bruce Faires Kevin Garrett Stacy Gardea Teresa Wipple Mary Monfort Darrol Haug Bea O’Rourke Marc Knauss David Schaefer Nathan Proudfoot Rebecca Wolfe Douglas Purcell Marianne Zagorski John Rubenkonig Karen Shively Gail Sarvis Don Hall Rich Senderoff Debbie Matteson Darlene Stern Evelyn Wellington City of Edmonds Department Directors Sandra Chase City Clerk Stephen Clifton Community Services/Economic Development Rob Chave - Acting Development Services Shawn Hunstock Finance Carrie Hite Parks, Recreation & Cultural Services Al Compaan. Chief Police Phil Williams Public Works City of Edmonds Staff Frances Chapin Cultural Services Division Cindi Cruz Community Services/Economic Development Carl Nelson Information Technology Leonard Yarberry Development Services Consultants Tom Beckwith FAICP, Team Leader Beckwith Consulting Group Steve Price Front Street Partnership Eric Hovee ED Hovee & Associates, LLC Andrea Logue ED Hovee & Associates, LLC Nancy Jordan NG Jordan Associates Packet Page 145 of 265 Contents Overview of the Edmonds Strategic Plan 1 Strategic Plan Action Tasks 9 1 Economic health, vitality, and sustainability 9 1a Foster dynamic/diverse economy 9 1b Take advantage of special/unique characteristics of areas 16 1c Enhance economic and employment opportunities 24 1d Build on the community’s history, heritage, natural resources, and livability to promote Edmonds as a tourism destination 25 1e Effective develop, market, and promote the City’s arts and cultural heritage and brand (Arts & Culture) 29 1f Promote a permit and licensing process to promote business recruitment, expansion, and retention 35 2 Maintain, enhance, and create a sustainable environment 36 2a Build a community that balances protection, economic health, and social needs 36 3 Maintain and enhance Edmonds’ community character and quality of life 45 4 Develop and maintain a transportation and infrastructure system to meet current and future needs 53 4a Create efficient, effective, and balanced transportation system that serves all populations, destinations, and purposes 53 4b Provide quality services, facilities, and infrastructures 61 5 Responsible, accountable, and responsive government 63 5a Provide efficient and effective delivery of services 63 5b Promotion and encouragement of an active and involved community 67 5c Ensure a safe and secure environment for residents, businesses, and visitors 68 Appendices A Joint Committee Retreats 1-6 A-1 B Topic group results B-1 C Survey - Residents C-1 D Survey – Businesses D-1 E Survey – Employees E-1 F Survey – Customers F-1 G Survey – Young Adults G-1 H Survey – Public Charrettes H-1 I Survey – Open House I-1 J Survey – Registered Voter Household J-1 Packet Page 146 of 265 Acronyms ACE Alliance of Citizens for Edmonds ACGA American Community Gardening Association ACS American Community Survey APTA American Public Transportation Association AWC Association of Washington Cities BFO Budgeting for Objectives/Outcomes BID Business Improvement District BNSF Burlington Northern Santa Fe BP Budgeting by Priority BRT Bus Rapid Transit CC City Council CERT Community Emergency Response Team CFP Capital Facility Program CNG Compressed Natural Gas DNA Downtown Neighborhood Association ECA Edmonds Center for the Arts EDC Economic Development Commission EIS Environmental Impact Statement FBC Form-Based Code GIS Geographic Information Systems ICC Infrastructure Coordination Committee LOS Level of Service NGO Non-governmental Organization PB Planning Board PBB Performance Based Budgeting PDB Priority-Driven Budgeting PSRC Puget Sound Regional Council RFP Request for proposal SYP Skagit Young Professionals TOD Transit-oriented Development WA Washington WAV Working Artists Ventura WSDOT Washington State Department of Transportation WSMP Washington State Main Street Program WWTP Wastewater Treatment Plant Packet Page 147 of 265 Overview of the Edmonds Strategic Action Plan What is Edmonds Strategic Action Plan? The Edmonds Strategic Action Plan identifies short (3-5 years) and mid-term (5-10 years) community strategic objectives and identifies specific action tasks and responsible and lead participants, schedules, and performance measures to achieve them. How is the Strategic Action Plan different than other plans Edmonds develops? The Edmonds Strategic Action Plan is intended to integrate with other city plans including the Comprehensive Plan, Capital Facility Program (CFP), and annual city budgets to make sure they are consistent with and implement Edmonds’ strategic short and mid-term objectives. Why did/does Edmonds need a strategic action plan? Economic conditions and trends impact the City of Edmonds’ ability to project short and long range fiscal sustainability. Edmonds, like other cities in Washington State, needed/needs to analyze financial prospects and make strategic decisions about city services and capital projects that reflect Edmonds citizens’ desires and aspirations. Who developed the Edmonds Strategic Action Plan? Participants include elected officials, community organizations and interest groups, property and business owners, employees, business district customers, young adults, the public-at-large, and finally a random sample of registered voter households. The City Council with the assistance of the Economic Development Commission (EDC), Planning Board (PB), city staff, and Beckwith Consulting Group (BCG) oversaw the strategic planning process and its ultimate contents. How did the City Council, Economic Development Commission (EDC) and Planning Board (PB) oversee the Edmonds Strategic Action Plan process? A Strategic Planning Joint Committee composed of 31 representatives of the City Council, Economic Development Commission (EDC), and Planning Board (PB) hosted six public retreats or workshops during evening hours in the City Council Chambers to hear presentations by Beckwith Consulting Group. Information gathered and generated by BCG was provided prior to each retreat/workshop to review and evaluate progress on the plan’s development. Retreat #1 – was conducted on the 14th of September, 2011 and served to define objectives for the strategic planning process, review the scope of work and schedule, and define issues of interest to the members of the Joint Committee. Retreat #2 – was conducted on the 24th of January, 2012. BCG presented and the Joint Committee reviewed/discussed Edmonds demographic and socioeconomic profile based on the results of the 2010 US Census, American Community Survey (ACS) 2005-2009, Environmental Systems Research Institute (ESRI) 2005-2015 projections, and Puget Sound Regional Council (PSRC) economic projections through 2040 and their implications to the city. Retreat #3 – was conducted on the 28th of February, 2012. BCG presented, and the Joint Committee reviewed/discussed, fiscal conditions of Washington cities in general and Edmonds in particular based on the results of the State of Washington Cities 2005-2010 by the Association of Washington Cities (AWC), the State of Edmonds 2001-2021 based on Edmonds Finance Director’s projections, and a Budgeting for Objectives (BFO) approach to fiscal sustainability. Retreat #4 – was conducted on the 24th of April, 2012. BCG presented and the Joint Committee reviewed/discussed the results of stakeholder focus group sessions, surveys of young adults, customers, employees, business owners, and adult residents, a public charrette, and what would be presented during an open house conducted on the 3rd of May. This was followed by BCG presenting draft potential action tasks. Retreat #5 – was conducted on the 22nd of May, 2012. BCG presented and the Joint Committee reviewed/discussed implementation of evolving strategic plan’s actions, survey results from the May 3, 2012 open house, process for the upcoming survey of registered voter households, and draft registered voter survey contents.. Packet Page 148 of 265 Retreat #6 – was conducted on the 31st of July, 2012. BCG presented and the Joint Committee reviewed/discussed the characteristics of registered voter households and their representativeness, rank order priorities established by the results of earlier surveys, and implementation process for the strategic plan. The contents of all six retreats are provided in full in Appendix A. How was the public informed throughout the Edmonds strategic action planning process? Strategic planning webpages were established on the city’s website which included a calendar schedule of events, minutes, memorandums and presentation materials used for Council retreats, and results, summaries and findings from interviews, surveys, an open house, and charrettes. Additionally, throughout the process, press releases and e-mail blasts were issued to inform the public about surveys and public events related to the strategic action plan process. How was the public involved in Edmonds strategic action planning process? The public was offered opportunities to participate in an extensive series of outreach events during the strategic action planning process beginning with: Stakeholder (Focus Group) opinions and suggestions – were obtained from 96 individuals, some of which were representatives of public and nonprofit organizations, during 20 sessions covering the topics of government, economic development, transportation, historical and special events, environmental, parks and recreation, visual arts, literary arts, performing arts, young adults and education, seniors, service clubs, hospital district, waterfront district, downtown and the 5- Corners, Firdale, Westgate, Perrinville, and Highway 99 business districts. Stakeholder opinions and suggestions helped to frame specific strategic action plan task contents and responsibilities. Focus group results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-201, and fully documented in Appendix B. Adult resident’s opinions – were obtained from 681 residents using a mail-back and internet survey process. Participants were asked to rate existing conditions of City governance, employment, safety and security, education, transportation, housing market options, parks and recreation facilities, arts and cultural programs, special events, design conditions and appearances, level of development, and sustainability. Adult residents rated priorities for the types of businesses to recruit, types of households to attract, and maintenance of City buildings, infrastructure (roads, sidewalks, stormwater) and parks/recreation facilities. Adult resident assessments helped define proposed strategic action plan tasks. Adult resident survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-169, and fully documented in Appendix C. Business owner opinions – were obtained from 219 business owners using a mail-back survey process. Participants were asked how long their business has existed, about business profiles, labor force characteristics, market conditions, existing and projected trade area and customer profiles, in addition to rating the existing image of, and conditions in, Edmonds, types of businesses to recruit, marketing and promotion programs, City/Port/Chamber development efforts, planning priorities for possible economic development actions, and interest in participating in the implementation of the strategic action plan. Business owner opinions helped define strategic action plan tasks, particularly those dealing with business district development and development regulations. Business owner survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-148, and fully documented in Appendix D. Employee opinions – were obtained from 86 employees using a mail-back and internet survey process. Participants were asked to rate their concerns about employment opportunities, transportation and housing market conditions, use of city and business facilities and reasons by nonresidents for not living in Edmonds. Employee opinions helped define strategic action plan tasks, particularly those dealing with housing and transportation. The employee survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-127, and fully documented in Appendix E. Customer opinions – were obtained from 484 customers using a mail-back and internet survey process. Participants were asked to rate their concerns about shopping behaviors in Edmonds versus competitive city business districts and regional malls, where they are most likely to shop for specific goods and services, what factors affect a decision to not purchase in Packet Page 149 of 265 Edmonds, ratings of Edmonds conditions, and use of Edmonds facilities, e.g., parks, trails, Senior Center, Edmonds Center for the Arts, etc. Customer opinions helped define strategic action plan tasks, particularly those dealing with business district development, transportation, and arts and culture. The customer survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-111, and fully documented in Appendix F. Young adult opinions – were obtained from 119 young adults using a mail-back and internet survey process. Participants were asked to rate their concerns about activities they currently participate in, activities they would like to participate in, the kind of public service or community activity of interest, employment interests, the best way of communicating with peers, how conditions in Edmonds rate, whether they would recommend Edmonds to others, and plans or not for living in Edmonds in the future. Young adult opinions helped define strategic action plan tasks, particularly those dealing with young adult outreach, employment, and community service opportunities. The young adult survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-100, and fully documented in Appendix G. Public charrettes – were conducted with 140 people participating on the 14th and 19th of March, 2012 at the Edmonds Conference Center. 10 young adults attend a third charrette held on the 30th of April, 2012 at the Edmonds- Woodway High School. Charrette participants expressed their likes and dislikes about Edmonds in general, identified priorities, results, and measurements related to the highest priority topics identified from the results of the stakeholder focus groups sessions, and surveys of adult residents, business owners, employees, customers, and young adults. The results of the charrettes defined the specific action tasks included in a draft strategic plan. The charrette results are summarized in Retreat #4 in Appendix A and fully documented in Appendix H. Public open house – conducted on the 3rd of May 2012 at the Plaza Room at the Library during which 89 participants completed a survey during the event and 114 completed the survey on-line following the open house for a total of 213. The survey asked the open house participants to comment on and rank possible priorities for the draft action tasks emerging for the strategic action plan from the public charrettes and the preceding stakeholder focus group sessions and adult resident, business owner, employee, customer, and young adult surveys, The results of the open house refined the proposed action tasks included in a draft strategic plan. The open house results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-212, and fully documented in Appendix I. Registered voter household priorities – obtained from a telephone recruited random sample of 466 completed mail-back and internet surveys concerning their priorities for the 60 proposed strategic planning action tasks concerning employment, business district development, young adults, housing, catalytic projects, arts and culture, parks and recreation, sustainability, transportation, fiscal sustainability, development regulations, and communications. Registered voter household priorities refined the final priorities assigned to the strategic action plan tasks and task scheduling. The registered voter household survey results are summarized in Appendix A, beginning on page A-296, and fully documented in Appendix J. Public hearings – as part of finalizing the draft Strategic Action Plan, a joint meeting between the Planning Board and Economic Development Commission took place on January 23, 2013. During the meeting, BCG presented information on the contents of a nearly final draft Strategic Action Plan including all task proposals, priorities, lead and participant responsibilities, schedules, and performance measures. Based on feedback from Planning Board, Economic Development Commission members, City staff, Council members and others, the plan was revised and the contents of a final draft Strategic Action Plan was presented by BCG to the City Council on April 2, 2013. Summary of public outreach events Event Documentation Nmbr Stakeholder Focus group sessions 20 focus group sessions – Appendix B 96 Adult resident survey mail-back and internet – Appendix C 681 Business owner survey mail-back survey – Appendix D 219 Employee survey mail-back and internet – Appendix E 86 Packet Page 150 of 265 Customer survey mail-back and internet – Appendix F 484 Young adult survey mail-back and internet – Appendix G 119 Charrettes 2 adult and 1 youth – Appendix H 150 Open house hand-back and internet – Appendix I 213 Voter household survey random sample controlled mail-back and internet – Appendix J 466 Total Nmbr of Participants 2,514 Note – participation includes some multiple events per person Who defined the Strategic Action Plan tasks? Public input from the focus group sessions, surveys, and charrettes were used to help define actions that are desired to be accomplished within the city regardless of who would be the implementing agent. What action task priorities and how was the Edmonds Strategic Action Plan process used to identify them? Public input, the results of the registered voter household survey in particular, identified and determined the priority of all 86 specific tasks included in this Strategic Action Plan. Priorities were defined for each specific task from the results of the statistically representative phone/internet survey where the survey participants ranked proposals on a scale of 1 to 5 where 1 was the lowest and 5 the highest priority. During presentations at public retreats / workshops, rating scores were grouped into, and presented as, 1-2 (very low and low), 3 (neutral) and 4-5 (high and very high). The groupings below were created using the percentage results from the random sampling registered voter survey. Example: Plan actions where the combined percentages of 4 (high) and 5 (very high) range from 50-60% are categorized as Very High below. Plan actions where the combined percentages of 4 and 5 range from 40-49% are categorized as Moderate-High below, etc. Very High (VH) 68%-50% Moderate-High (MH) 49%-40% Moderate-Low (ML) 39%-32% Low (L) 32%-21% Very Low (VL) 21%-13% What are Edmonds Strategic Action Plan’s objectives and related action tasks? The Edmonds strategic action planning process identified 86 specific tasks. Using the categories above, the plan actions have been ranked in order of priority from very highest (VH), to moderately high (MH), moderately low (ML), low (L), to very lowest (VL) within 5 overall Strategic Objectives. In September of 2012, BCG presented a draft proposal to place the 86 proposed plan actions under 10 Strategic Objectives categories, e.g., “We want full, local, sustainable employment for all Edmonds residents! (Employment)”, “We want functional, viable, energetic business districts! (Economic Development)”, etc. Upon Review by the Strategic Action Plan Sub- committee, a recommendation was sent to BCG to create instead five broader overall strategic objectives (no changes were made to the plan actions themselves). BCG reviewed the recommendation and expressed support and included five strategic objective categories… each of which are followed by plan actions relating to each. Strategic Objective 1: Create economic health, vitality & sustainability – diversify and stabilize the Edmonds economy to achieve sustainability for businesses, employment, and commercial services; create quality mixed use development within Edmonds business districts in ways that preserve and conserve the city’s unique heritage and natural context. 1a Foster dynamic/diverse economy 1a.1 Economic sustainability (VH) 1a.2 Marketing business districts (VH) 1a.3 Interim storefronts (VH) 1a.4 Promotion for business development (VH) 1a.5 Business outreach (VH) 1a.6 Design of storefronts (MH) 1a.7 Mixed use standards for the International District (MH) 1a.8 Mixed use standards for ground floor retail requirements (ML) 1a.9 Mixed use standards for Westgate (ML) 1a.10 Mixed use standards for the downtown/waterfront (ML) 1a.11 Mixed use standards for Perrinville (L) 1a.12 Mixed use standards for Firdale Village (L) 1a.13 Mixed use standards for 5 Corners (L) 1a.14 Mixed use standards for other commercial districts (L) Packet Page 151 of 265 1b 1b: Take advantage of special/unique characteristics of areas 1b.1 Health and medical industries (VH) 1b.2 High tech industries (VH) 1b.3 Harbor Square (VH) 1b.4 Shoreline/waterfront (VH) 1b.5 Antique Mall (VH) 1b.6 Swedish Hospital (VH) 1b.7 Organization Main Street (H) 1b.8 International District (ML) 1b.9 Financing (BID) (ML) 1b.9 Car dealerships (VL) 1c Enhance economic and employment opportunities 1c.1 Employment for youth (VH) 1c.2 Participation for youth (VH) 1c.3 Database for business recruitment (ML) 1d Build on the community’s heritage, natural resources, and livability to promote Edmonds as a tourism destination 1d.1 Design for arts and culture (L) 1d.2 Marketing for arts and culture (L) 1e Effectively develop, market, and promote the City’s arts and cultural heritage and brand (Arts & Culture) 1e.1 Organization for arts and culture (MH) 1e.2 Promotion for arts and culture (MH) 1e.3 Edmonds Center for the Arts - ECA (MH) 1e.4 4th Ave Cultural Corridor (MH) 1e.5 Artists live/work (L) 1e.6 Art and history walking tours (L) 1e.7 Fine arts museum (L) 1f Promote a permit and licensing process to promote business recruitment, expansion, and retention 1f.1 Economic incentives (MH) Strategic Objective 2: Maintain, enhance, and create a sustainable environment – focusing on the sustainability of natural systems and processes in Edmonds. 2a Build a community that balances environmental protection, economic health, and social needs 2a.1 Recycling (VH) 2a.2 Farmers/Public Market (VH) 2a.3 Stormwater at SR-104 and Dayton (VH) 2a.4 Native habitat (MH) 2a.4 Stormwater for the flooding of Lake Ballinger (MH) 2a.5 Energy (MH) 2a.5 Food production (MH) 2a.6 Stormwater and habitat along Willow Creek (ML) 2a.7 Stormwater and habitat in a green features code (ML) 2a.8 Coordination of environmental outreach (L) Strategic Objective 3: Maintain and enhance Edmonds’ community character and quality of life – conserving and enhancing community activities/facilities and recreational amenities that service and define the city, and that support residents’ needs, e.g., housing, parks, and interests. 3a.1 3a.1 Senior Center rehabilitation (VH) 3a.2 3a.2 Downtown restrooms (VH) 3a.3 3a.3 Anderson Center (VH) 3a.4 3a.4 Greenways and Parks (VH) 3a.5 3a.5 Activities for youth (VH) 3a.6 3a.6 Yost Pool financing (VH) 3a.7 3a.7 Public view preservation (MH) 3a.8 3a.8 Yost Pool improvement (ML) 3a.9 3a.9 Civic Field (ML) 3a.10 3a.10 Design standards (ML) 3a.11 3a.11 Diversify housing options (ML) 3a.12 3a.12 Affordable housing (L) 3a.13 3a.13 Woodway athletic fields (L) 3a.14 3a.14 Dog Park relocation (L) 3a.15 3a.15 Senior Center relocation (VL) Strategic Objective 4: Develop and maintain a transportation and infrastructure system to meet current and future demand – providing multimodal balance and integration of pedestrians, bicycles, vehicles, transit, railroads, and the ferry system. 4a Build a community that balances environmental protection, economic health, and social needs 4a.1 BNSF Railroad coal trains (VH) 4a.2 Street maintenance (VH) 4a.3 Walkways (VH) 4a.4 Sounder Train (MH) 4a.5 Sound Transit Link (MH) 4a.6 Trails (MH) 4a.7 Highway 99 enhancement (MH) 4a.8 Intermodal Station development (MH) 4a.9 Waterfront connection (MH) 4a.10 Ferry Terminal loading strategy (MH) 4a.11 Crosswalks (ML) 4a.12 SR-104 transit service (ML) 4a.13 Bikeway network (L) 4a.14 Shuttle service between downtown and Highway 99 (L) 4a.15 Swift Bus Rapid Transit – SBRT (L) 4a.16 Shuttle service between the waterfront and downtown (L) Packet Page 152 of 265 4b Provide quality services, facilities, and infrastructure 4b.1 Provide quality services, facilities, and infrastructure Strategic Objective 5: Provide responsible, accountable, and responsive government – expanding outreach and communication, creating sustainable fiscal strategies, and joint venturing with other local public and nonprofit partners. 5a Provide efficient and effective delivery of services 5a.1 Fiscal sustainability (VH) 5a.2 Permitting process (VH) 5a.3 Assess performance results (VH) 5a.4 Strategy development for public/private investments (VH) 5as.5 Non-governmental organization (NGO) participation (MH) 5a.6 Fiscal sustainability for funding Parks and Recreation (MH) 5b Promotion and encouragement of an active and involved community 5b.1 Public access (MH) 5b.2 Public communication (MH) 5c Ensure a safe and secure environment for residents, businesses, and visitors 5c.1 Safe and secure environment (VH) The 5 strategic objectives listed above and the 86 related specific action tasks involved in realizing the strategic objectives are described within the following sections of this document. What are the financial implications of the action task priorities? The plan action tasks, including some where the City serves as the lead, may not compete for the same source of funds. Many of the action tasks will be accomplished by parties with funds other than Edmonds including the Port of Edmonds, Washington State Department of Transportation, Sound Transit, and Chamber of Commerce, among others. Each proposed action may have a different sponsor, funding source and schedule. The goal of this Strategic Action Plan is to organize and coordinate all actions and participants – not select winners and losers or determine which goes first and which goes last. What do the priorities signify? Voters that participated in the random sampling survey expressed their opinions on the overall priority of each and all actions on a citywide basis to be accomplished within the next 10 years regardless of who will be the implementing agent or the source of financing. How will the City of Edmonds use the priorities for city actions? Where the city is identified as the lead agent, the priorities could be used in a Budget for Objectives (BFO) process to help in determining how Edmond’s limited financial and staff resources could be budgeted or allocated. Will the action tasks be accomplished in rank order? Not likely, nor should that be an objective. Some of action tasks will require lead times necessary to form participant groups, secure outside funding, conduct environmental reviews, etc. Consequently, even if a task is a high priority, it may take a number of months or years to fully initiate and achieve results. In actuality, most action task priorities will be opportunistic rather than rank ordered. The overall goal is to achieve all proposed action tasks as soon as each action is feasible and accomplishable. Should a low priority task be ignored or deferred? Not if the lead agent is able to implement or the task is primed for implementation. The Strategic Action Plan is intended to be implemented on an opportunistic and multifaceted basis, i.e., lead agents and participants should/can look for ways to implement as many community desired actions and involve as many participant interests in the community as possible as events and circumstances allow. Therefore, if a low priority action has a sponsor and funds, it could be accomplished by the sponsor with the support of the community so long as the task action does not interfere with accomplishing higher priority task actions. Packet Page 153 of 265 Should the list of action tasks be reduced or tasks eliminated? It is not necessary to eliminate an action if it scores a moderate-low to very low priority if there is an interest group willing to take the lead and implement the action without unduly using city funds or resources. The Strategic Action Plan is holistic defining all actions city residents wish to see accomplished within the next 6-10 years without limitations on who or which entity would serve as lead agent or participant to implement or fund them. Who are the participants and how were they determined? Participant lists include all parties who may be affected by an individual action task. The lists were created using information provided during focus group sessions, survey comments, open house, charrettes, and by the consultants and Strategic Action Plan sub-committee. Who are the lead agents? Lead agents are assumed to be the primary implementing party or parties. In some instances the lead agent may be the authorizing or approving agent – as in City Council. How were lead agents identified? In some instances, lead agents were self- selected based on the actions they proposed during the focus group sessions, survey comments, or charrettes. In other instances, lead agents are presumed to be the most likely party that has the predominant interest and benefit in the action, and the resources with which to accomplish or facilitate the action. How are lead agents distributed between the City and other entities/agents? Though Edmonds elected officials and staff are involved in a large number of action tasks, they are not the lead or primary implementing party in a large number of them, e.g., business district development, arts and culture, hospital, etc. What non-City lead agents have been identified? There are a large number of non-City lead agents including the Port of Edmonds, WSDOT, Sound Transit, nongovernmental organizations (NGOs) such as Downtown Edmonds Merchants Association, and the Chamber of Commerce who have authority, responsibility, or benefit from an action task for which they are listed as lead. Will additional organizations be required to implement the Strategic Action Plan? It could, depending on who the participants and the lead agents determine will be most effective and representative of the costs and benefits. What if a lead agent is not interested or able to facilitate an action task accomplishment? Then the lead agent designation and responsibilities could pass to another interested party or parties or the action will not be accomplished. What does complexity mean? Complexity refers to the degree of ease or difficulty that may be involved in implementing each action task. Low complexity tasks may involve a single implementing agent following a simple process. High complexity tasks may involve multiple agents, including where Edmonds is not the lead or the authorizing agent, and a complex process that involves public participation, Environmental Impact Statements, permits, hearings, and other procedures. Who determined complexity? A Strategic Action Plan subgroup made up of members from the City Council, Planning Board Packet Page 154 of 265 and Economic Development Commission in addition to City staff determined the complexity assessments ranging from low, moderate, high, and very high. What do months mean? Months refer to the probable production time involved in implementing an action task accounting for the specific steps involved in implementing an action task and its degree of complexity. An ongoing entry indicates the action task is a continuous activity. Who determined months? A Strategic Action Plan subgroup made up of members from the City Council, Planning Board and Economic Development Commission in addition to City staff determined the probable number of months that would be involved in each task. How do months relate to an implementation schedule? The Strategic Action Plan defines the action tasks desired to be implemented within the next 6-10 years. The schedules shown assume each task would be initiated as soon as possible and extend through the months assigned to the task. In reality, actual schedules will depend on the lead agent, how many other tasks they are responsible for, complexities involved in the implementation of each task, when funding is available, and other opportunistic variables. What are performance measures and what function do they serve? Performance measures are indicators or benchmarks by which to measure the progress and effectiveness of implementing each action task. A low score on a performance measure indicates the action task is not achieving the desired result and may need to be reassessed or revised to achieve the results listed in the performance measure. How were performance measures determined? Performance measures were defined by existing city benchmarks, comparison with benchmarks from other cities, and from objective parameters defined by the nature of the action task function. How will performance measures be gauged? Some performance measures are objective measurements, i.e., the number of tons recycled per year, miles to the nearest park, etc. Others depend on community surveys where the public indicates the degree to which they are satisfied with various conditions – such as perception of safety, access to jobs, satisfaction with appearances, etc. Will the Strategic Action Plan be updated? This Strategic Action Plan defines key objections, tasks, responsibilities, schedules, performance measures, and other particulars for the next 6-10 years and could be updated concurrent with updates to the Comprehensive Plan, Capital Facilities Program (CFP), and annual budgets. However, should an unforeseen event arise that might necessitate an update, the Strategic Action Plan can be updated if and when City Council deems necessary. What needs to be done to initiate the Strategic Action Plan? Finalize the draft document and complete Council hearings - review and confirm action task lead agents, participating parties, complexity, months, schedules, performance measures, and other particulars with which to initiate action Confirm lead agents and participants - assign the action tasks to the lead agents and work with them, city included, in formulating detailed contents, schedules, funds, and other particulars. Where necessary, create new ad hoc groups to take the lead on tasks involving multiple lead agents and interests. Coordinate with other city, public agencies, and NGO programs - update city documents including the Comprehensive Plan, CFP, Annual Budgets, and other agency and NGO plans, projects, and programs to reflect the strategic objectives, action tasks, and performances defined in the Strategic Action Plan, Monitor performance and adjust particulars as necessary - score and evaluate performance of each lead agent and participants on the accomplishment of the action tasks using the performance evaluation measures or benchmarks to make adjustments, revise approaches, and other particulars. Packet Page 155 of 265 Strategic Objective 1: Create economic health, vitality & sustainability 1a: Foster dynamic/diverse economy Action 1a.1 (4): Economic sustainability Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Very high Low On-going Strategic objective Participants Recruit businesses that employ technical, professional, and managerial skills offered by Edmonds residents to facilitate live/work sustainability in Edmonds. Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Community College Edmonds School District Edmonds property owners Edmonds brokers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Economic sustainability Potential performance measures % of overall technical (high tech, nursing, etc.) jobs within Edmonds % of overall professional (lawyers, accountants, doctors) jobs within Edmonds Action 1a.2 (8): Marketing – business districts Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Very high Low Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Identify and recruit retailers to fill critical gaps in retail sales and services such as basic needs (clothing downtown, professional services) within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5- Corners, and Perrinville, as well as larger department stores and specialty retailers on Highway 99. Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn International District Edmonds property owners Edmonds brokers Edmonds Downtown BID Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Marketing – business districts Potential performance measures # new retail businesses established % increase in retail sales overall Action 1a.3 (13): Interim storefronts Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Very high Low Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Encourage temporary artist exhibits or similar uses in vacant storefronts or buildings in order to provide visual interest and activity while the building is being marketed for a future tenant or owner. Cultural Service Division Chamber of Commerce Edmonds Downtown BID Edmonds Business Owners Edmonds Property Owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Interim storefronts Potential performance measures # empty storefronts filled with temporary exhibits per year % temporary tenants become permanent tenants Packet Page 156 of 265 Spaceworks Tacoma Spaceworks Tacoma is a creative, maybe even utopian response to economic hard times. The goal of Spaceworks is to transform empty storefronts and vacant space into dynamic points of interest through artistic energy and enterprise, making Tacoma a stronger, more active city. Spaceworks is a joint initiative of the City of Tacoma, Shunpike, and the Tacoma-Pierce County Chamber of Commerce. In exchange for creatively activating unused spaces, artists are temporarily provided no- and low-cost rent, exposure and business consultation. http://spaceworkstacoma.wordpr ess.com/ Packet Page 157 of 265 Action 1a.4 (10): Promotion – business development Lead Rank Complexity Months Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Chamber of Commerce Very high Medium Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Initiate and expand retail sales and other events and activities including sidewalk cafes and vendors within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5-Corners, Perrinville, Highway 99. Edmonds Downtown BID Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Promotion – business development Potential performance measures # retail oriented events per year in each business district # customers participating in events # of merchants participating in events $ sales and sales tax revenue generated by events Action 1a.5 (2): Business outreach Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Very high Low Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Integrate City, Port, Chamber, Edmonds Community College, Edmonds School District, and private business efforts and communications for the benefit of economic recruitment. Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Community College Edmonds School District Edmonds property owners Edmonds commercial brokers Downtown Edmonds BID Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Business outreach Potential performance measures # of business recruited as a result of collective efforts # programs initiated related to business recruitment Action 1a.6 (9): Design - storefronts Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Mod-high Low-medium 1-36 Strategic objective Participants Develop a process to identify ways to enhance retail storefronts within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5-Corners, Perrinville and Highway 99. For example, this could include identifying competitive grants and low cost loan programs. Economic Development Department Edmonds Downtown BID Business owners Edmonds banks and savings Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Design - storefronts Potential performance measures # rehabilitated/enhanced storefronts and building projects # new façade, sign, window display projects % customers rate appearances as good and high quality % businesses rate appearances as good and high quality Packet Page 158 of 265 Action 1a.7 (66a3): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Highway 99 Task Force Mod-high Medium-high 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Highway 99 area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Chamber of Commerce Swedish Hospital Property owners Developers Business owners Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures #permits applied for following adoption of new development standards #projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Action 1a.8 (66b): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-low Medium 1-24 Strategic objective Participants Address ground floor retail requirements to reflect demand in different retail corridors and locations. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Economic Development Commission Property owners Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures #projects that include ground floor retail %increase/decrease of retail square footage % participants rating requirements, standards to be relevant Packet Page 159 of 265 Action 1a.9 (66a2): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-low Medium-high 1-12 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Westgate area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Property owners Developers Business owners Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards % projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Action 1a.10 (66a1): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-low Medium-high 24-36 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Downtown/Waterfront area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Property owners Developers Business owners Economic Development Commission Senior Center Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards # projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Packet Page 160 of 265 Action 1a.11 (66a5): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Low Low 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Perrinville area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Chamber of Commerce Property owners Developers Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards # projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Action 1a.12 (66a6): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Low Low Complete Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Firdale Village area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Chamber of Commerce Property owners Developers Business Owners Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards # projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Packet Page 161 of 265 Action 1a.13 (66a4): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Low Medium-high 1-12 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Five Corners area. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Chamber of Commerce Property owners Developers Business owners Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards # projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Action 1a.14 (66a): Development regulations Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Low Low 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the commercial districts. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Swedish Hospital Property owners Developers Business owners Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Development regulations Potential performance measures # permits applied for following adoption of new development standards # projects constructed incorporating a mix of uses following adoption of new development standards # variances sought since code update # issues taken to Hearing Examiner, Council, courts since code update Packet Page 162 of 265 Strategic Objective 1: Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability 1b: Take advantage of special/unique characteristics of areas Action 1b.1 (6): Health and medical industries Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Swedish Hospital Very high Low Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Retain and recruit businesses that support and can expand health related services and products within the general area of Swedish Hospital Edmonds. Chamber of Commerce Edmonds Community College Edmonds School District Edmonds property owners Edmonds commercial brokers Business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Health and medical industries Potential performance measures # Swedish Hospital and related employees # businesses who locate in Edmonds citing Swedish Hospital # new employees involved in new health related businesses Action 1b.2 (5): High tech industries Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Port of Edmonds Very high Medium Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Retain and recruit businesses that depend on, and can take advantage of, Edmonds superior fiber optics capability. Edmonds Community College Edmonds School District Edmonds property owners Edmonds commercial brokers Edmonds Community Technology Committee Economic Development Commission Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Tech/Design/Medical industries Potential performance measures # new businesses defined as tech/design/medical, etc. attracted to locate in Edmonds as result of fiber optic service Packet Page 163 of 265 Action 1b.3 (20): Harbor Square Lead Rank Complexity Months City of Edmonds Port of Edmonds Very high High 1-12 Strategic objective Participants Review and approve a long term master plan and agreement for the Port of Edmonds Harbor Square property that enhances the waterfront environment, public access and promotes mixed use development. Economic Development Department Development Services Department Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department Citizens Community Transit Sound Transit Friends of Edmonds Marsh Waterfront property and business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Harbor Square Potential performance measures @ date Council approves a Harbor Square Master Plan @ date Council approves a site development agreement # of public benefits and amenities resulting from implementation of a new Harbor Square Master Plan # developers recruited submitting RFPs post adoption of a Harbor Square Master Plan # projects constructed incorporating following adoption of a Harbor Square Master Plan % public indicating Port’s implementation of plan is successful Action 1b.4 (19): Shoreline/waterfront Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Development Services Department City Council Port of Edmonds Very high Medium 12-60 Strategic objective Participants Develop a strategy for the combined shoreline (east/west of rail lines) from the Port to the Underwater Dive Park and from the waterfront to the downtown that increases public access and recreational opportunities. Citizens Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department WA State Ferries (WSF) WA Department of Ecology BNSF Railroad Edmonds Senior Center Edmonds Yacht Club Waterfront property and business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Shoreline/waterfront Potential performance measures @ date shoreline/waterfront planning process completed % property and business owners participating in plan # residents participating in plan development # catalytic projects identified – that are accomplished post adoption of a plan % property, business, residents indicating plan priorities have been accomplished annually and within 5 years Packet Page 164 of 265 Action 1b.5 (21): Antique Mall aka Salish Crossing Lead Rank Complexity Months Property Owners Economic Development Department Port of Edmonds Very high Medium-high 1-36 Strategic objective Participants Encourage packaging the Safeway/Antique Mall aka Salish Crossing and nearby properties for the purpose of enhancing redevelopment opportunities of this significant gateway site. City Council Cultural Service Division Development Services Department Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department Antique Mall aka Salish Crossing owners Edmonds Senior Center Community Transit Sound Transit BNSF Railroad WSDOT and Washington State Ferries Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Antique Mall Potential performance measures @ date properties are successfully packaged % public indicating process is successful as a result of post packaging development Action 1b.6 (23): Swedish Hospital Lead Rank Complexity Months Swedish Hospital Development Services Department Very high High 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Update the Hospital District master plan to meet hospital needs while mitigating impacts to adjacent nonmedical land uses. City Council Planning Board Highway 99 Task Force Health & Wellness Center Aldercrest Health & Rehab Center Economic Development Department Economic Development Commission Public Works Department Community Transit WSDOT Property owners and residents Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Swedish Hospital Potential performance measures @ date city initiates master planning process # residents and organizations involved in process @ Council adopts development criteria # quality developers recruited % public indicating process is successful Packet Page 165 of 265 Top – current development pattern on Highway 99 in Edmonds Right top– current conditions on Auto Row Right middle – approach to Swedish Hospital from Highway 99 Right bottom – business signage at Ranch Market 99 in International District on Highway 99 Swedish Hospital International District Auto Row Packet Page 166 of 265 Action 1b.7 (11): Organization – Main Street Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Mod-high Low 1-24 Strategic objective Participants Institute the “Main Street” Program 4-Point approach which includes economic restructuring, promotion, design and organization for the downtown and Highway 99 business districts. Edmonds Downtown BID Business owners Institutions Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Organization – Main Street Potential performance measures @ Main Street approach adopted in each business district # of merchants and businesses participating in Main Street % of all eligible merchants and businesses participating in Main Street program % participating members rating program and events to be productive Action 1b.8 (22): Highway 99 International District Lead Rank Complexity Months Business Owners Development Services Department Economic Development Department Cultural Services Department Property Owners Mod-low Medium-high 21-26 Strategic objective Participants Create a plan and design theme for this unique area, initiate promotional events and activities, and recruit additional anchors or destination stores. City Council Highway 99 Task Force Economic Development Commission Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department Community Transit WSDOT Developers Property Owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Highway 99 International District Potential performance measures @ International District property and business owner organization established @ planning process initiated # residents and organizations involved in process @ Council adopts plan # plans projects completed within 1-5 years of adoption % property and business owners satisfied with results $ increase in retail sales and retail sales tax revenues % increase in property values and property tax revenue Packet Page 167 of 265 National Trust for Historic Preservation’s Main Street Program Main Street’s 4-Point Approach - encompasses work in 4 distinct areas – Design, Economic Restructuring, Promotion, and Organization – that are combined to address all of a commercial district’s needs. The philosophy behind this methodology makes it an effective tool for community-based, grassroots revitalization efforts. The Main Street approach is also incremental; it is not designed to produce immediate change. Because they often fail to address the underlying causes of commercial district decline, expensive improvements, such as pedestrian malls do not always generate the desired economic results. In order to succeed, a long-term revitalization effort requires careful attention to every aspect of a business district – a process that takes time and requires leadership and local capacity building. The Washington State Downtown Revitalization/Main Street Program (WSMP) - has been helping communities revitalize the economy, appearance, and image of downtown commercial districts using the Main Street Approach since 1984. www.mainstreet.org www.downtown.wa.gov Packet Page 168 of 265 Action 1b.9 (12): Financing Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Downtown BID City Council Mod-low Medium Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Create a downtown Business Improvement District (BID) to benefit properties and businesses for the purpose of instituting marketing, design, and promotional activities within the downtown business district. Economic Development Department Finance Department Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Chamber of Commerce Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Financing Potential performance measures @ date Council adopts BID $ raised by BID # programs or projects funded by BID revenue % BID revenue obtained by leveraging against other funding sources % businesses attending annual BID members meetings Action 1b.10 (7): Car dealerships Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Highway 99 Car Dealerships Very low Low Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Encourage development of auto sales facilities that include decked display and storage lots, multistory sales and service facilities in order to retain this important source of retail sales revenue in the city and maximize land use. Chamber of Commerce Highway 99 Task Force Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Car dealerships Potential performance measures $ volume of retail sales taxes generated for the City of Edmonds # building permits issued per year for auto related developments Packet Page 169 of 265 Auto Row “Auto row” – is a concentration of new and used auto dealerships traditionally located on adjacent properties along major arterial roadways with easy access and high visibility from the surrounding community. When development patterns were relatively low density and land relatively inexpensive, the dealerships built low rise buildings with large surface parking and display lots. As urban development intensified and land value increased, some dealers moved into auto parks or malls – multi- dealer facilities organized around central access roads located along freeway or major highway corridors. Others, however, developed more intensive sales facilities with multiple floors and even indoor auto display and storage facilities – as well as diversifying their products. Shown are some of “auto row’s” urban dealer strategies including the Lexus Dealer in downtown Bellevue (top left) and Veterans Ford in Tampa, Florida (bottom left). Packet Page 170 of 265 Strategic Objective 1: Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability 1c: Enhance economic and employment opportunities Action 1c.1 (14): Employment - youth Lead Rank Complexity Months Chamber of Commerce Edmonds School District Edmonds Community College Very high Medium 12-18 Strategic objective Participants Create a young adult job placement service to help find part and full-time employment opportunities with Edmonds businesses, schools and organizations. Economic Development Department Business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Employment - youth Potential performance measures % of all young adults living in Edmonds employed in part or full-time positions % of young adult that can find work that want work % of employers who have hired young adults # of employers who have hired young adults Action 1c.2 (15): Participation - youth Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Edmonds School District Edmonds Community College Very high Low-medium Ongoing Strategic objective Participants Work with public and private organizations to provide mentoring opportunities for young adults through events or social outreach, projects, environmental stewardship, arts and culture and job/career networking. City of Edmonds Cultural Service Division Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Port of Edmonds Swedish Hospital Kiwanis Club Key Club Rotary Club Exchange Club Edmonds Senior Center Edmonds Library Edmonds Arts Festival Summer Market Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Participation - youth Potential performance measures # of all young adults that participate in community events and organizations % of all young adults that participate that indicate they want to participate % of community organizations that can find young adults to participate that want young adults to participate # of service programs young adults are involved in Packet Page 171 of 265 Action 1c.3 (1): Database – business recruitment Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Port of Edmonds Edmonds Commercial Brokers Mod-low Low-medium 6-18 Strategic objective Participants Create and maintain a database to identify opportunities for business and developer recruitment efforts. The database may include an inventory of available properties, buildings, and resources in Edmonds business districts and zones. Development Services Department Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds property owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Database – business recruitment Potential performance measures # of local property owners and brokers participating % all available properties on local listing # hits database receives from property owners and brokers # hits database receives from interested businesses Strategic Objective 1: Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability 1d: Build on the community’s heritage, natural resources, and livability to promote Edmonds as a tourism destination Action 1d.1 (25): Design – arts and culture Lead Rank Complexity Months Cultural Services Division Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Mod-high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Continue to include arts and historical themes in the Edmonds brand and install artworks, gateways, wayfinding signage, and streetscape improvements at key entrances to Edmonds, e.g., the waterfront, downtown, Highway 99, State Route-104 and other business districts. Arts Commission Historic Preservation Commission Economic Development Commission Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Design – arts and culture Potential performance measures @ new comprehensive branding ideas revealed % organizations and public that validate new brand approach @ gateways and wayfinding signs installed in city % cost funded by business and art related groups % customers rate brand unique and successful Packet Page 172 of 265 Skagit Young Professionals Young professionals are vital to every city by giving time, money, and energy that supports local charitable and civic activities. They are the local community’s entrepreneurs innovating and bringing new ideas into the marketplace. They are, however, the most likely age group able and willing to move away. The Mount Vernon Chamber of Commerce recognized that young professionals are valuable for their social, civic, and tax contributions to the local community but are easily lost to other areas that provide more jobs, more pay, or more fun. To encourage young professionals to stay, the Chamber realized it needed get young professionals involved with Mount Vernon. The Chamber provided financial and administrative support to start the Skagit Young Professionals (SYP). The purpose of SYP is to build the business relationships and friendships that will help this age group become the leaders of Skagit County. The SYP realized this age group responds more easily to like-minded peers using internet and other tools to initiate contacts and network relationships. SYP’s goal is to develop and guide events and projects that young professionals find engaging and worthwhile. SYP programs events to include civic programs, professional networking, career development, social mixers, and public service. SYP also encourages its members to take advantage of the great programs the Mount Vernon Chamber of Commerce has to offer – though SYP members can participate in any of the other Skagit County chambers as well. In addition, the Chamber works with corporate sponsors to recruit young professionals for job openings and start-up business opportunities. www.mountvernonchamber.com www.skagityoungprofessionals.com Packet Page 173 of 265 Action 1d.2 (24): Marketing – arts and culture Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Cultural Services Division Chamber of Commerce Low Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Conduct surveys of visitors to determine their characteristics, expenditure patterns, sources of information, and other behavior to better understand the economic benefits and what attracts visitors to Edmonds. Edmonds Center for the Arts Summer Market Edmonds Art Festival Edmonds Historical Museum Artworks Art GalleriesArt Seaview Weavers Cascade Symphony Orchestra Olympic Ballet Theatre Cascade Youth Symphony Driftwood Players Phoenix Theatre Seattle Jazz Singers Ballet Academy of Performing Arts Write on the Sound Port of Edmonds Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Marketing Potential performance measures # survey responses received from outreach events % of expenditures tracked to local Edmonds businesses # new email addresses added to outreach list % survey respondents indicating they will increase visits/spending as result of outreach proposals # organizations indicating market results are useful Packet Page 174 of 265 Gateways and wayfinding Gateways - establish the entrances into a special area or district using graphic and artwork images that represent the area’s brand. Wayfinding signs - which can be derivations of gateway images, are designed to complement the area’s brand and provide out-of-area customers and tourists directions to facilities and destinations of interest. To be effective, wayfinding signage must be designed in scales appropriate for pedestrians, bicyclists, and vehicles. Designed and used appropriate, gateways and wayfinding can establish an effective brand at a relatively low cost. Inserts – Edmonds Wayfinding Signage designed by FORMA Packet Page 175 of 265 Strategic Objective 1: Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability 1e: Effectively develop, market, and promote the City’s arts and cultural heritage and brand (Arts & Culture) Action 1e.1 (27): Organization – arts and culture Lead Rank Complexity Months Chamber of Commerce Cultural Service Division Mod-high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Create a central clearinghouse to coordinate scheduling and promotion of events in Edmonds. Edmonds Arts Commission Edmonds Center for the Arts Summer Market Edmonds Art Festival Edmonds Historical Museum Art Galleries Seaview Weavers Cascade Symphony Orchestra Olympic Ballet Theatre Cascade Youth Symphony Driftwood Players Phoenix Theatre Seattle Jazz Singers Ballet Academy of Performing Arts Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Organization Potential performance measures % art related organizations participating in clearinghouse % all local artists participating in clearinghouse # coordinated promotions conducted by clearinghouse % outreach participants indicating clearinghouse successful and useful Action 1e.2 (26): Promotion – arts and culture Lead Rank Complexity Months Chamber of Commerce Cultural Services Division Mod-high Medium 12 Strategic objective Participants Create an Edmonds arts website and utilize social media including Google maps, Facebook, and Twitter to promote and attract visitors to an expanded year- round calendar of events and festivals for performing, literary, culinary, fine, and other arts interests. Economic Development Department Edmonds Center for the Arts Summer Market Edmonds Art Festival Edmonds Historical Museum Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Promotion Potential performance measures # art and culture events conducted per year # new or additional events introduced # new event participants who did not engage before # hits to central arts website % outreach survey participants indicating website to be source of info Packet Page 176 of 265 Downtown Elgin Association (DNA) DNA of Elgin, Illinois has developed an interactive website that employs low-cost and no-cost tools to provide online services to provide promotional information, directories, schedules, and other materials to interested downtown residents, customers, and tourists. DNA redesigned their website to rely on free and inexpensive online communications to connect with as many people as possible. Blogs, online calendars, Facebook, Flickr, and others are tools that young adults use to communicate every day. By incorporating these tools into the DNA website, the downtown reached a generation of customers that it would not effectively reach otherwise. And, DNA found that as young adults became knowledgeable of what the downtown had to offer, they also became interested in working with the DNA on downtown development and promotional issues. www.downtownelgin.org Packet Page 177 of 265 Action 1e.3 (28): Edmonds Center for the Arts (ECA) Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Center for the Arts Mod-high Medium-high 1-12 Strategic objective Participants Complete a strategic plan identifying financial strategies for debt payment, redevelopment and reuse of the remaining un-renovated property, including a potential parking garage. City Council Economic Development Department Cultural Service Division Parks & Recreation Department Adjacent property owners and residents Business community Arts community Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Edmonds Center for the Arts (ECA) Potential performance measures @ ECA strategic planning effort initiated # programs or projects completed within 1-5 years post adoption of strategic plan % PFD and ECA Boards indicating plan and improvements successful % ECA attendees rate improvements successful Action 1e.4 (29): 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Lead Rank Complexity Months Cultural Service Division City Council Public Works Department Mod-low Medium-high 24-60 Strategic objective Participants Fund and complete construction of a linear park streetscape between the downtown and Edmonds Center Arts in order to create a walkable corridor that preserves the historical character of the area, and promotes retail/art opportunities. Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Adjacent property owners and residents Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Potential performance measures @ project funded in phases or full @ construction initiated in phases or full % adjacent property owners indicate result successful % public indicates result successful # new galleries or businesses locate along corridor Packet Page 178 of 265 Top – 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Above right – historical landmarks map Packet Page 179 of 265 Action 1e.5 (31): Artist live/work Lead Rank Complexity Months Chamber of Commerce Economic Development Department Cultural Services Division Low Medium 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Explore ways to develop affordable artist live-work- teach-display-sell spaces to attract young and emerging talent to Edmonds similar to the Schack Center in Everett. City Council Arts Commission Snohomish County Housing Authority Port of Edmonds Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Artspace – developers Property Owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Artist live/work Potential performance measures # artists desiring expressing interest in live/work units/spaces @ site selected and project initiated # live/work units created # persons attend art exhibitions at site # persons attend art classes at site @ Level of funding generated by nonprofit or private sources Action 1e.6 (30): Art and history walking tours Lead Rank Complexity Months Cultural Service Division Low Low-medium 6-12 Strategic objective Participants Create signage, audio and phone apps, and web based information to expand art and history walking tours of waterfront and downtown historical sites and buildings, artworks, and other visually interesting and significant landmarks. Parks & Recreation Department Art Commission Historic Preservation Commission Edmonds Historical Museum Chamber of Commerce Edmonds Arts Festival Foundation Edmonds Community College Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Art and history walking tours Potential performance measures # historical buildings located on tour # tourists requesting maps or apps for tour % historical property owners indicating successful Packet Page 180 of 265 Working Artists Ventura (WAV) The Working Artists Ventura (WAV) project is a state-of-the-art, sustainable village designed for artists and creative businesses. Located in the cultural district of downtown Ventura, California, WĀV provides affordable living and working space for over 100 artists of every kind; painters, sculptors, dancers, poets, musicians, filmmakers and more. The WAV Theater Gallery offers performances, art openings and public gatherings. Arts-friendly small businesses include coffee houses, galleries, cafes, wine bars and jazz clubs that will draw foot traffic and contribute to the vitality of the neighborhood. With the community involved in every phase of development, the WAV project is filled with diverse, mixed-income families and individuals. Supportive Housing provides homes and services to those at the lowest end of the income scale. Solar-powered, ocean-view condominiums that come with a hybrid car bring higher income households to the community and help to cross- capitalize the affordable components. The entire community is designed and built to the highest standards of green building technology (seeking LEED Gold Award), including recycled building materials, car sharing, water and energy conservation, and renewable power from the sun. The City of Ventura worked with PLACE (Projects Linking Art, Community & Environment) a nonprofit organization based in Minnesota. www.placeonline.us http://welcometoplace.com/projects/wav Packet Page 181 of 265 Action 1e.7 (32): Fine Arts Museum Lead Rank Complexity Months Cultural Services Division Low Medium-high 36-72 Strategic objective Participants Explore ways to develop a museum to exhibit local, emerging, and traveling fine arts possibly in combination with Edmonds Center Arts and/or the proposed artist live/work project. Edmonds Historical Museum Art Galleries Economic Development Department Arts Commission Edmonds Arts Festival/Foundation Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Fine Art Museum Potential performance measures @ sponsor group established to develop/operate museum @ site/project selected and museum constructed # exhibitions conducted per year # persons visiting museum $ sales attributed to museum store and exhibited art Strategic Objective 1: Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability 1f: Promote a permit and licensing process to promote business recruitment, expansion, and retention Action 1f.1 (3): Economic incentives Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Development Services Department Economic Development Department Economic Development Commission Mod-high Medium-high 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Adopt economic incentives for key business or development recruitment targets. These may include reduced or deferred business license fees, permit fees, utility connection charges, latecomer fees, park or traffic impact fees, property tax reduction or deferral, and/or expedited building permit review. Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department Finance Department Chamber of Commerce City Clerk’s Office Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Economic incentives Potential performance measures # new businesses locating in Edmonds who attribute reason to incentives # businesses on strategic recruitment list who attribute reason to incentives % of new businesses remaining in Edmonds after 5 years # new jobs created as result of incentive programs Packet Page 182 of 265 Strategic Objective 2: Maintain, enhance, and create a sustainable environment 2a: Build a community that balances environmental protection, economic health, and social needs Action 2a.1 (47): Recycling Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Sustainable Edmonds Very high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Expand reuse and recycling programs in current city operations and in waste management outreach activities by Edmonds households and businesses. Waste Management Sound Disposal Edmonds Climate Protection Committee Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Recycling Potential performance measures # tons of garbage and waste picked up per household per year % tons of waste reduced per household per year # tons of recycled materials picked up per year in city Action 2a.2 (33): Farmers’/Public Market Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Summer Market Very high Medium-high 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Expand into a year-round activity with available all- weather structures, available parking, and increased visibility to attract out-of-area customers and tourists. Economic Development Department Cultural Service Division Parks & Recreation Department Public Works Department Edmonds Historical Museum Chamber of Commerce Property owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Farmers’/Public Market Potential performance measures @ permanent site selected and all-weather shelter built # new vendors added to market # market days conducted year-round # market customers per year % public indicating results successful Packet Page 183 of 265 Action 2a.3 (45c): Stormwater Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Very high Medium-high 24-48 Strategic objective Participants Resolve flooding on SR-104 and Dayton. Olympic Water District Salmon Recovery Board WA Department of Ecology WA Department of Fish & Wildlife WA Department of Natural Resources People for Puget Sound Friends of Edmonds Marsh Sustainable Edmonds Property owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Stormwater Potential performance measures @ Willow Creek daylighted @ Edmonds Marsh natural flow restored # demonstration rain gardens, bio-swales installed # complaints related to flooding Action 2a.4 (43): Native habitat Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Backyard Wildlife Habitat Mod-high Medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Plant street trees, restore native habitat in disturbed areas, remove invasive species and update the landscape ordinance to promote use of native and drought resistant plants and restoration of wildlife habitat. Public Works Department Tree Board Frog Watch Sustainable Edmonds Friends of Edmonds Marsh Pilchuck Audubon Society Edmonds in Bloom Floretum Garden Club Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Native habitat Potential performance measures % acreage impacted by invasive species # acres cleared of invasive species per year # volunteers involved Packet Page 184 of 265 Action 2a.4 (45b): Stormwater Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Mod-high Medium-high On-going Strategic objective Participants Resolve on-going flooding and water quality issues in Lake Ballinger. Olympic Water District Salmon Recovery Board WA Department of Ecology WA Department of Fish & Wildlife WA Department of Natural Resources People for Puget Sound Sustainable Edmonds Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Stormwater Potential performance measures # demonstration rain gardens, bio-swales installed % stormwater volume treatable by green methods % realized by green methods # complaints received Action 2a.5 (46): Energy Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Sustainable Edmonds Mod-high Medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Reduce Edmond’s carbon footprint through solar installations and other energy conservation practices in current city operations, updating development codes, and utilizing Sustainable Works energy audits and retrofits. Development Services Department Puget Sound Energy Snohomish County PUD Community Transit Sound Transit WA Department of Transportation Edmonds Climate Protection Committee Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Energy Potential performance measures % city energy reduced at WWTP, city buildings, and city fleet # energy audits/retrofits completed per year # alternative energy projects/programs completed in Edmonds % power consumption reduced per household in Edmonds # miles driven per household % miles reduced per year Packet Page 185 of 265 Solar applications Solar panels harness the energy of the sun, converting it into energy that can be stored and used. The type of solar panel known as a solar thermal collector works by absorbing the energy into a liquid medium, such as water, to later use as heat energy. The type of solar panel known as a photovoltaic module converts this energy into electricity, which can then be stored in battery bays to be used at a later date. Most commonly, solar roof panels are of the solar thermal collector variety. Many buildings line their roofs with hot water panels to collect heat energy. These panels contain a liquid which runs through pipes that are attached to an absorber panel. This absorber panel is coated with a deep black coloring, to help it absorb as much sunlight as is possible. The sunlight strikes this panel, and heats it up, in turn heating up the liquid, which can then be pumped elsewhere for use. Bullitt Center Bullitt Center is shown on the left – Seattle’s first completely self-sufficient application of solar and other energy saving building applications – “the greenest commercial building in the world”. The goal of the Bullitt Center is to change the way buildings are designed, built and operated to improve long-term environmental performance and promote broader implementation of energy efficiency, renewable energy and other green building technologies in the Northwest. The building is seeking to meet the ambitious goals of the Living Building Challenge, the world’s most strenuous benchmark for sustainability. For example, a solar array will generate as much electricity as the building uses and rain will supply as much water, with all wastewater treated onsite. By creating a place where every worker has access to fresh air and daylight, the Bullitt Center will create a healthy, human environment that is more pleasant and more productive than most commercial buildings. http://bullittcenter.org/building Packet Page 186 of 265 Action 2a.5 (44): Food production Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Edmonds Tree Board Sustainable Edmonds Mod-high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Encourage community gardens and pea patches, plant fruit tree orchards, harvest and deliver food products to food banks and other sources to promote natural systems in Edmonds. Floretum Garden Club Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Food production Potential performance measures # acreage committed to community gardens # persons involved in gardens # pounds of food grown and donated per year # persons served by food donations per year Action 2a.6 (45a): Stormwater and habitat Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Mod-low High 24-60 Strategic objective Participants Daylight Willow Creek to help with restoring saltwater access to Edmonds Marsh. Olympic Water District Salmon Recovery Board WA Department of Ecology WA Department of Fish & Wildlife WA Department of Natural Resources People for Puget Sound Friends of Edmonds Marsh Sustainable Edmonds WRIA 8 Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Stormwater and habitat Potential performance measures @ Willow Creek daylighted % Edmonds Marsh natural flow restored Packet Page 187 of 265 Community Gardens Community gardening improves people’s quality of life by providing a catalyst for neighborhood and community development, stimulating social interaction, encouraging self-reliance, beautifying neighborhoods, producing nutritious food, reducing family food budgets, conserving resources and creating opportunities for recreation, exercise, therapy and education. Any piece of land gardened by a group of people is a community garden. A community garden can be urban, suburban, or rural. It can grow flowers, vegetables or community. It can be one community plot, or can be many individual plots. It can be at a school, hospital, or in a neighborhood. It can also be a series of plots dedicated to "urban agriculture" where the produce is grown for a market. Benefits of Community Gardens:  Improves the quality of life for people in the garden  Provides a catalyst for neighborhood and community development  Stimulates social interaction  Encourages self-reliance  Beautifies neighborhoods  Produces nutritious food  Reduces family food budgets  Conserves resources  Creates opportunity for recreation, exercise, therapy, and education  Reduces crime  Preserves green space  Creates income opportunities and economic development  Reduces city heat from streets and parking lots  Provides opportunities for intergenerational and cross-cultural connections The American Community Gardening Association (ACGA) is a bi-national nonprofit membership organization of professionals, volunteers and supporters of community greening in urban and rural communities. ACGA and its member organizations work to promote and support all aspects of community food and ornamental gardening, urban forestry, preservation and management of open space, and integrated planning and management of developing urban and rural lands. www.communitygarden.org Packet Page 188 of 265 Action 2a.7 (45a): Stormwater and habitat Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Mod-low Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Encourage the development of rain gardens, green roofs and walls, bio-filtration swales, and other green development features in Edmonds projects and development codes. Olympic Water District Salmon Recovery Board WA Department of Ecology WA Department of Fish & Wildlife People for Puget Sound Friends of Edmonds Marsh Sustainable Edmonds Edmonds Climate Protection Committee Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Stormwater and habitat Potential performance measures @ Willow Creek daylighted % Edmonds Marsh natural flow restored # demonstration rain gardens, bio-swales installed % stormwater volume treatable by green methods % realized by green methods @ green incorporated into Edmonds development code Action 2a.8 (42): Coordination - environment Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Sustainable Edmonds Low Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Establish a central clearinghouse to coordinate environmental education and sustainability funding, programs, and volunteers. Friends of Edmonds Marsh Pilchuck Audubon Society Edmonds in Bloom Floretum Garden Club Tree Board Edmonds Climate Protection Committee Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Coordination - environment Potential performance measures % environmental organizations participating in clearinghouse $ funds secured by non-city sources or volunteers # programs conducted per year # persons participating in clearinghouse activities % users indicate success % public indicates success Packet Page 189 of 265 Rain gardens Nearly 70% of the pollution in surface waters gets there through stormwater runoff, according to studies by the Environmental Protection Agency. And 50% of that pollution is chemical pollution from products used for yard care and household activities and from yard waste. A rain garden is a shallow depression that is planted with deep-rooted native plants and grasses and positioned near a runoff source like a downspout, driveway or sump pump to capture rainwater runoff and stop the water from reaching the sewer system. A rain garden will:  help reduce pollution in lakes, rivers and streams  help recharge groundwater  keep rainwater on property where it naturally belongs  create native habitat for wildlife and butterflies  beautify the landscape A rain garden can mimic the natural absorption and pollutant removal activities of a forest, or a meadow or a prairie and can absorb runoff more efficiently, sometimes as much as 30% - 40% more than a standard lawn. Capturing rainwater in a rain garden, holding the water for a short time and then slowly releasing it into the soil can reduce the rush of a large storm – quickly, neatly and naturally. Because rain gardens are dug 4" to 8" deep, and in some cases 1' - 2' deep, they hold larger quantities of rainwater making their overall construction more cost efficient then other green alternatives. Rain gardens also need less technical experience to install and can be installed without permits or heavy equipment. Rain gardens are one very good option that helps to lower the impact of impervious surfaces and polluted runoff because they are low-tech, inexpensive, sustainable and esthetically beautiful. http://www.raingardennetwork.com/ Packet Page 190 of 265 Green/Smart Development Stormwater management - green roofing systems retain 60-100% of the rainfall they receive. Stormwater retention relieves excess volume from overburdened sewer systems and filters stormwater pollutants. By replacing the footprint of vegetation that was removed by buildings and associated impermeable pavement surfaces, green roofs mitigate impacts of stormwater runoff from urban development. Reduce energy costs - green roofs provide the ecologically and economically important benefit of rooftop insulation to reduce the amount of energy used for building air conditioning. Green roofing acts as a barrier to thermal transfer of the sun's energy through the roof. Plants re- circulate water from the root zone, cooling the air above the roof and absorb or deflect incoming solar radiation. Reduce urban heat island effect - cities can be up to 5-7º C hotter than their surrounding rural areas. Living green roofs help mitigate this effect by cooling the air over congested urban environments. Improve air quality - tests show that increased urban vegetation habitats helps reduce atmospheric pollutants and the levels of CO, NO2, O3, PM10, SO2. Green walls - the benefits of green walls are similar to green roofs in that green walls covered in vegetation are 25% cooler than regular buildings walls in summer, remove air pollutants, and look great. www.xeroflor.ca/types-and- systems/green-roof-types.html Packet Page 191 of 265 Strategic Objective 3: Maintain and enhance Edmonds’ community character and quality of life Action 3a.1 (41a): Senior Center Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Senior Center Parks & Recreation Department Very high High 12-72 Strategic objective Participants Develop long term solution for maintaining and updating the Senior Center. City Council Citizens Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Senior Center Potential performance measures @ long range plan/project completed for center $ funding secured # new programs realized as result of plan/project # new users added by implementing plan % users indicate project success % public indicate project success Action 3a.2 (37): Downtown restrooms Lead Rank Complexity Months City of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Very high Medium-high 12-48 Strategic objective Participants Develop a public restroom facility to serve pedestrians, customers, and tourists in the downtown district. City Council Economic Development Department Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Downtown BID Downtown businesses and property owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Downtown restrooms Potential performance measures @ site selected and restrooms constructed % downtown businesses indicate successful % downtown customers indicate restrooms successful Action 3a.3 (40): Anderson Center Lead Rank Complexity Months Park & Recreation Department Very high Medium 12-60 Strategic objective Participants Refine long range strategy to enhance, maintain and update life cycle maintenance, repair requirements and functional program needs. City Council Planning Board Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Anderson Center Potential performance measures @ facility renovation and retrofit accomplished % funding secured # life cycle years added to facility as result of project # increased programs and events possible # increased center users % users indicate upgrade successful % public indicates upgrade successful Packet Page 192 of 265 Top – aerial view of waterfront, ferry landing, Senior Center, Antique Mall, and Harbor Square Bottom left– frontage of Antique Mall Bottom right – north end of Antique Mall Edmonds Senior Center Ferry terminal Harbor Square Amtrak/Sounder Train Station Safeway/Antique Mall Packet Page 193 of 265 Action 3a.4 (35): Greenways and Parks Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Sustainable Edmonds Very high Medium-high 12-60 Strategic objective Participants Develop a system of coordinated open spaces, conservation corridors, and greenways with trail access along the shoreline, waterfront, wetlands, hillsides, and parks to preserve the natural setting and increase public awareness and access. City Council Planning Board Development Services Department Friends of Edmonds Marsh Edmonds in Bloom Pilchuck Audubon Society Floretum Garden Club Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Greenways Potential performance measures # acres of parkland # acres representing natural/protected/conservation status land # miles of extended greenway or corridors in city % accessible by trail or walkway % public indicates greenways are sufficient Action 3a.5 (16): Activities - youth Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Edmonds School District Very high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Create young adult social and recreation oriented activities and facilities that offer evening and after school peer group interactions and events. Edmonds Community College Edmonds Boys & Girls Club SnoKing Youth Association Young Life Edmonds Jeremiah Center Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Activities - youth Potential performance measures @ facilities available for young adults # increased programs and events possible # increased center users % young adults using facilities % users indicate upgrade(s) successful % public indicates upgrade(s) successful Packet Page 194 of 265 Action 3a.6 (38a): Yost Pool - financing Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Very high Medium-high 12-36 Strategic objective Participants Create and implement a long term financial and operational strategy for the updating/upgrading, refurbishment and retrofitting of the current Yost Pool facility. City Council Planning Board Edmonds School District Edmonds Boys & Girls Club Pool users Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Yost Pool - financing Potential performance measures @ funding strategy resolved for Pool upgrades and possible expansion % funding provided by non-city sources % operating costs recovered by user fees and schedules # annual pool users % annual increase in pool utilization # events at pool Action 3a.7 (65): Public view preservation Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-high High 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Identify public view corridors and view sheds in the Bowl and create appropriate public view protection overlay districts, ordinances, and other measures to preserve and protect them. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Property owners Citizens Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Public view preservation Potential performance measures % of Bowl field surveyed and mapped for viewscapes @ viewscape maps developed as part of city GIS system @ view overlay zones and ordinances adopted by Council % residents indicate success of view preservation efforts % developers indicate success of view preservation efforts Packet Page 195 of 265 Action 3a.8 (38b): Yost Pool - improvement Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Mod-low High 60-120 Strategic objective Participants Develop and/or expand Yost Pool to include outdoor and indoor leisure pool elements, therapy pool, party rooms and concessions, and possibly other recreation physical conditioning, courts, and gymnasium uses. City Council Planning Board Edmonds School District Edmonds Boys & Girls Club Edmonds Senior Center Nearby residents Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Yost Pool - improvement Potential performance measures @ funding strategy resolved for Pool upgrade and expansion % funding provided by non-city sources % operating costs recovered by user fees and schedules # annual pool users % annual increase in pool utilization # events at pool Action 3a.9 (39a): Civic Field Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Edmonds School District Mod-low High 24-96 Strategic objective Participants Address long term property ownership and upgrade field, stadium, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. City Council Planning Board Economic Development Department Economic Development Commission Edmonds Boys & Girls Club Snohomish County Sports Tourism Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Civic Field Potential performance measures @ ownership status resolved for properties % of planned projects completed % funding provided by non-city sources # annual events conducted at fields % use by out-of-area visitors or tourists Packet Page 196 of 265 Action 3a.10 (67): Design standards Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-low Medium 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Illustrate site, building, landscape, and signage design objectives using examples to achieve public quality design objectives. City Council Planning Board Architectural Design Board Property owners Citizens Business owners Architects Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Design standards Potential performance measures @ design standards updated to include illustrations and form-based examples % developers rating standards to be understandable and fair % Architectural Design Board rating standards effective # variances sought post adoption of updated standards Action 3a.11 (17): Diversify housing options Lead Rank Complexity Months Development Services Department Mod-low Medium 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Increase housing choice by type, price, and proximity to employment centers, transit corridors, and recreational sites in order to provide live/work/play opportunities in Edmonds. Port of Edmonds Community Transit Chamber of Commerce Sound Transit Edmonds property owners Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Diversify housing options Potential performance measures # new urban housing starts by type, price, location % vacancy and occupancy rate of new urban housing products Action 3a.12 (18): Affordable housing Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Development Services Department Low Medium 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Promote the creation of rental and sale workforce housing for moderate income working households through incentives that may include additional density, reduced parking requirements, reduced permit fees, and/or other measures. Planning Board Economic Development Department Snohomish County Housing Authority Edmonds property owners Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Affordable housing Potential performance measures # new housing starts affordable to Edmonds households at 80% of Family Median Income (FMI) % of all new housing projects participating in affordable housing % of occupants that work in Edmonds Packet Page 197 of 265 Form-Based Codes Form-Based Codes (FBCs) are clear and precise standards that offer predictability. FBCs are developed to create a specific place that residents can desire. Both the vision and FBCs are developed with citizen input. Citizens have a higher comfort level with the end result the standards is likely to produce. City staff gets a streamlined and easy to administer review process. FBCs also create more choices, more opportunities and options for the property owner. Typically, developers borrow money to pursue pre- construction work. For developers, time is money. The biggest incentive that cities can offer is not money, but clear and predictable development standards. Most developers are willing to build to higher standards if the rules are clear and the process is predictable. By offering a predictable environment FBCs reduce risks where banks in a credit-starved economy may be more willing to loan construction money. Flex Blocks – mixed use Flex Block is a vertical mixed-use building typically of a single massing element, designed for occupancy by retail, service, or office uses on the ground floor, with upper floors configured for retail, service, office, and/or residential uses. Second floor units may be directly accessed from the street through a stair. Upper floors are accessed through a street level lobby. This building type is typically found in town centers and neighborhood main streets. The building can be owned by one entity, or divided into several individually owned commercial and residential condos. Shown are examples of mixed use developments around Puget Sound. http://www.formbasedcodes.org/ http://www.smartcodecentral.org/ Packet Page 198 of 265 Action 3a.13 (39b): Woodway Fields Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Low Medium-high 36-48 Strategic objective Participants Address long term property ownership and upgrade field, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. Edmonds School District City Council Planning Board Edmonds Boys & Girls Club Snohomish County Sports Tourism Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Woodway Fields Potential performance measures @ ownership status resolved for property @ improvement projects completed for site % funding provided by non-city sources # annual events conducted at fields % of use by out-of-area visitors or tourists Action 3a.14 (36): Dog Park Lead Rank Complexity Months OLAE Stewardship Parks & Recreation Department Low Medium 36-60 Strategic objective Participants Identify a suitable relocation site and develop a dedicated dog park consisting of fenced social yards with spectator seating and amenities, and off-leash exercise areas and trails. City Council Planning Board Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Dog Park Potential performance measures @ site selected and park constructed # dog park users % dog park users indicate park is successful Action 3a.15 (41b): Senior Center Lead Rank Complexity Months Edmonds Senior Center Parks & Recreation Department Very low High 60-96 Strategic objective Participants Relocate the Senior Center to another location. City of Edmonds Planning Board Development Services Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Senior Center Potential performance measures @ long range plan/project completed for center % funding provided by non-city sources # new programs realized as result of plan/project # new users added by project % users indicate project success % public indicate project success Packet Page 199 of 265 Strategic Objective 4: Develop and maintain a transportation and infrastructure system to meet current and future demand 4a: Build a community that balances environmental protection, economic health, and social needs Action 4a.1 (62): BNSF Railroad Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Very high Medium 12-18 Strategic objective Participants Participate in the environmental impact assessment process related to a proposal to build a coal export terminal at Cherry Point in Bellingham. Identify required improvements in Edmonds to mitigate extra tracks, train volumes, dust, noise, and potential conflicts with ferry terminal and waterfront pedestrian, bike, and vehicular traffic. Economic Development Department Development Services Department Public Works Department WA Department of Transportation WA State Ferries WA Department of Ecology Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ BNSF Railroad Potential performance measures # coal trains # ferry loading/unloading delayed due to coal train traffic # complaints filed due to dust, noise, horns $ mitigation provided to minimize/eliminate impacts created by coal trains Action 4a.2 (53): Street maintenance Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Public Works Department Very high Medium-high 12-18 Strategic objective Participants Create a financing mechanism to generate approximately $1,400,000 per year which is needed annually to maintain city streets. WA Department of Transportation Snohomish County Infrastructure Coordination Committee (ICC) Economic Development Commission Community Transit Chamber of Commerce Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Street maintenance Potential performance measures @ funding strategy resolved and approved by Council and/or voters # complaints pavement or pot holes per year # street miles pavement overlaid per year % street pavement life cycle met % all street pavement rated as good or better % public indicating success Packet Page 200 of 265 Action 4a.3 (49): Walkways Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Very high Medium-high On-going Strategic objective Participants Institute sidewalk maintenance and construction program to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major walking destinations. City Council Community Transit WA Department of Transportation Edmonds School District Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Walkways Potential performance measures % of Edmonds street lane miles with sidewalks on one side % of Edmonds residents that walk to work % of Edmonds residents that walk to transit Action 4a.4 (58): Sounder Train Lead Rank Complexity Months Sound Transit Mod-high High On-going Strategic objective Participants Increase the schedule and number of Sound Transit commuter rail trains between downtown Seattle and Edmonds to promote development of transit oriented development at Harbor Square, the waterfront, and downtown. City of Edmonds Port of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Community Transit WA Department of Transportation WA State Ferries Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Sounder Train Potential performance measures # riders using Sounder Edmonds Station due to increase in Sounder service % increase in boardings at the Sounder Edmonds Station due to increase in Sounder service Action 4a.5 (59): Sound Transit LINK Lead Rank Complexity Months Sound Transit Mod-high Medium-high 1-132 Strategic objective Participants Develop Community Transit links with the proposed Sound Transit LINK light rail corridor alignment along Interstate 5. Public Works Community Transit Chamber of Commerce Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Sound Transit LINK Potential performance measures # Edmonds riders forecast to use transit as result of LINK corridor development # new mixed use and transit-oriented development (TOD) likely along Highway 99 corridor due to LINK connection Packet Page 201 of 265 Action 4a.6 (48): Trails Lead Rank Complexity Months Parks & Recreation Department Mod-high Medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Complete an off-road multipurpose trail network linking the shoreline and waterfront, Edmonds Marsh, downtown, business districts, parks and open spaces, bus and rail transit connections, and the Interurban Trail in Edmonds. Planning Board Development Services Department Public Works Department Community Transit Sound Transit Edmonds Bike Group(s) Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Trails Potential performance measures # miles of off-road trails in Edmonds # sites and facilities connected to or by off-road trails # of people living within 0.25 miles of an off-road trail % people stating they use trails during peak summer weekend % public indicating trails success Action 4a.7 (54): Highway 99 Lead Rank Complexity Months Economic Development Department Public Works Department Mod-high Medium-high 12-60 Strategic objective Participants Create transportation improvement program and project for Highway 99 to improve traffic flow, transit connections, pedestrian streetscape and to encourage mixed use project developments similar to what has been recently completed in Shoreline and is planned in Everett and Lynnwood. City Council Planning Board Washington State Legislature Police Department Cultural Service Division WA Department of Transportation Community Transit Swedish Hospital Highway 99 property and business owners Citizens Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Highway 99 Potential performance measures @ planning process initiated % traffic flow LOS improved % transit ridership increase # new projects attributed to corridor improvement % increase in property value and property tax revenue % increase in retail sales and retail sales tax revenue % public indicates success Packet Page 202 of 265 Top – existing conditions on Highway 99 in Edmonds Center – completed Highway 99 improvements in Tukwila Bottom – completed Highway 99 improvements in Des Moines Wayfinding signage Interurban Trail Gateways Packet Page 203 of 265 Action 4a.8 (61): Intermodal Station Lead Rank Complexity Months City of Edmonds Sound Transit Community Transit WSDOT WA State Ferries Amtrak Mod-high High 60+ Strategic objective Participants Develop an integrated Amtrak, Sounder, Community Transit, shuttle, ferry, bike, and pedestrian transfer facility on the waterfront to promote accessibility and connectivity to and within Edmonds. Port of Edmonds Economic Development Department Development Services Department Port of Edmonds Public Works Department BNSF Railroad Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Intermodal Station Potential performance measures @ intermodal station funded and developed on waterfront # new riders on trains and transit % new riders indicating use of transit over vehicles as result of station % new residents indicating sought to live in Edmonds due to station development % residents walk to ride bikes to station Action 4a.9 (51): Waterfront connection Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department BNSF Railroad WA State Ferries Mod-high High 60+ Strategic objective Participants Work to establish an emergency and everyday access over the railroad tracks and ferry terminal lanes for pedestrians bound for shoreline and waterfront attractions from Harbor Square, Salish Crossing, and the downtown. Sound Transit Amtrak Community Transit WA Department of Transportation Port of Edmonds Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ waterfront connection Potential performance measures @ agreement reached with BNSF and WA Department of Transportation @ crossing constructed to improve access/safety for pedestrians and vehicles % waterfront users indicating success Packet Page 204 of 265 Action 4a.10 (60): Ferry Terminal Lead Rank Complexity Months WSDOT WA State Ferries Mod-high High 60+ Strategic objective Participants Create an interim ferry waiting and loading strategy that reduces conflicts between trains, automobiles and pedestrians while improving ferry rider access to the waterfront and downtown services and amenities. City of Edmonds Sound Transit Amtrak BNSF Railroad Port of Edmonds Community Transit Public Works Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Ferry Terminal Potential performance measures # new customers in waterfront and downtown businesses due to staging improvement $ spent in businesses as result of improvement % ferry riders indicating success of improvement % local businesses indicating staging success Action 4a.11 (50): Crosswalks Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Mod-low Medium-high 24-60 Strategic objective Participants Install special paving materials, flashing light crossing strips, pedestrian activated signals, median and curb extensions as appropriate to improve pedestrian safety, increase visibility, and calm traffic at major intersections on SR-104 and Highway 99. Police Department Community Transit WA Department of Transportation Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Crosswalks Potential performance measures # crosswalks improved along SR-104 and Highway 99 # pedestrian/vehicle accidents at locations where improvements are made % reduction in accident rate % users, customers indicating improvement Action 4a.12 (57): SR-104 Transit Lead Rank Complexity Months Community Transit Mod-low Low On-going Strategic objective Participants Expand Community Transit’s schedule and hours to support Edmonds employees and residents, particularly at the waterfront, downtown, Westgate, and Highway 99 including connections to the Highway 99 International District. City of Edmonds Chamber of Commerce Port of Edmonds Property and business owners Community Transit riders Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ SR-104 Transit Potential performance measures # riders boarding or departing in Edmonds % public indicating use of transit over vehicles due to schedule improvements Packet Page 205 of 265 Action 4a.13 (52): Bikeway network Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department Edmonds Bike Group Low Medium 12-60 Strategic objective Participants Institute an on-street network of bike lanes, shoulders, and sharrows (shared lanes) to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major commuter and recreational destinations including the interurban trail. Development Services Department work Edmonds School District WA Department of Transportation WA State Ferries Community Transit Sound Transit Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Bikeway network Potential performance measures % of Edmonds residents that ride bikes to work % of Edmonds school students that ride bikes to school % of Edmonds residents that ride bikes using Edmonds roads and trails for recreational purposes, daily, weekly, monthly, etc. Action 4a.14 (55b): Shuttle service Lead Rank Complexity Months Highway 99 Business Owners Downtown/Waterfront Business Community Low Low 12 Strategic objective Participants Initiate seasonal or possibly year-round shuttle service between downtown and Community Transit’s Swift BRT transit stations along Highway 99. Chamber of Commerce Community Transit Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Shuttle service Potential performance measures @ trolley service initiated % trolley operating funds provided by non-city sources % trolley cost recovered from fares # trolley riders per year % businesses indicate trolley success Action 4a.15 (56): Swift Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Lead Rank Complexity Months Community Transit Low Low On-going Strategic objective Participants Enhance Community Transit’s route along Highway 99 from Everett to the King County Metro transfer station at Aurora Village by designating transit lanes and pull-outs, transit traffic signal activation, all- weather shelters, and other improvements. Chamber of Commerce Highway 99 Property and Business owners Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Swift Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Potential performance measures # riders on Swift boarding and departing at Edmonds stations along Highway 99 corridor % rider increase due to improvements project and mixed use developments % new residents living within ¼ mile of Highway 99 Packet Page 206 of 265 Capital Bikeshare Capital Bikeshare puts over 1,670 bicycles at any of the 175 stations across Washington, DC, Arlington and Alexandria, Virginia and allows riders to return it to any station near the destination. Bikes can be checked out for a trip to work, Metro, run errands, go shopping, or visit friends and family. Capital Bikeshare can be joined for 24 hours, 3 days, 30 days, or a year, and provide access to the fleet of bikes 24 hours a day, 365 days a year. The first 30 minutes of each trip are free. Each additional 30 minutes incurs an additional fee. Annual or 30-day memberships are available online. Members must be at least 16 years of age. Infrequent users may choose to purchase a 24-hour membership for $5 or 3-day membership for $15 by using the kiosk located at each Capital Bikeshare station. Capital Bikeshare bikes step-thru frames have 3 speeds, front and rear flashing LED lights and a front rack as well as chain guard and fenders. The stations are solar-powered and modular to allow for easy installation. Each station consists of a variable number of docking ports for the bikes based on demand, plus a kiosk for the purchase of 24-hour and 3-day memberships. There is also a two-sided information panel which displays a local and regional map with usage instructions on the kiosk. However, Capital Bikeshare bike can only be taken out for a maximum of 24 hours. If the bike has not been returned and correctly docked at a station after 24 hours the bike is considered stolen and a fee of $1,000 is charged to the credit card. The Capital Bikeshare system is self-service to empower users to make relatively quick, short distance rides around town – as a similar system could in and between MLK and the South Downtown subareas. http://www.capitalbikeshare.com/ Pedicabs Portland Pedicab and PDX Pedicab operate 35 pedicabs, and PDX operates 8 pedicabs in the downtown Portland area. Pedicabs offer safe, fun, and environmental transportation. Pedicabs are also used for tours, special events, and weddings. Pedicabs also collaborate with local public agencies such as the Portland Office of Transportation, the Portland Old Town Arts & Culture Foundation, and the Old Town Chinatown Neighborhood Association to provide pedicab-led audio tours. Packet Page 207 of 265 Action 4a.16 (55a): Shuttle service Lead Rank Complexity Months Downtown Edmonds and Highway 99 Business Community and Residents Very low Low 12 Strategic objective Participants Initiate seasonal or possibly year-round shuttle service between the waterfront area and downtown. Chamber of Commerce Community Transit International District Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Shuttle service Potential performance measures @ trolley service initiated % trolley operating funds provided by non-city sources % trolley cost recovered from fares # trolley riders per year % businesses indicate trolley success Strategic Objective 4: Develop and maintain a transportation and infrastructure system to meet current and future demand 4b: Provide quality services, facilities, and infrastructure Action 4b.1 Lead Rank Complexity Months Public Works Department On-going Strategic objective Participants WA Department of Transportation WA State Ferries Community Transit Sound Transit Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Potential performance measures Packet Page 208 of 265 Trolley A tourist trolley, also called a road trolley, is a rubber-tired bus (usually diesel fueled, sometimes compressed natural gas), which is made to resemble an old-style streetcar or tram. These vehicles are not actually trolleys, and to avoid confusion with trolley buses, the American Public Transportation Association (APTA) refers to them as "trolley-replica buses". Tourist trolleys are used by both municipal and private operators. Municipal operators may mix tourist trolleys in with the regular service bus fleet to add more visitor interest or attract attention to new routes. In many cities tourist trolleys are used as circulators. A circulator operates a simplified route limited to popular destinations on a fixed schedule with a reduced or free fare. Tourist trolleys are also run by private operators to carry tourists to popular destinations. RIPTA trolley transportation Rhode Island Trolleys are an environment-friendly way of going around and seeing the sights. This mode of transportation was introduced by the Rhode Island Public Transit Authority or RIPTA in 1999. RIPTA’s trolleys are produced by the Chance Coach & Optima Bus Company. They make use of compressed natural gas or CNG for fuel. The trolley services Providence’s historic sites, universities, restaurants, shopping places and cultural spots without the problems of parking. Its 91 Gold Line services the Providence Marriott throughout the week. One-day, 10-ride and 15-ride passes are available at stop and shop outlets. Seniors and persons with disabilities are given discounts. http://www.island- rhode.com/trolley.html Packet Page 209 of 265 Strategic Objective 5: Responsible, accountable, and responsive government 5a: Provide efficient and effective delivery of services Action 5a.1 (63): Fiscal sustainability Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Very high Medium-high 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Implement Budgeting for Objectives (BFO) process that incorporates public input to establish community priorities, resolves a balance between revenues and expenditures, and encourages innovative and alternative delivery methods. Finance Department Economic Development Department Public Works Department Parks & Recreation Department Police Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Fiscal sustainability Potential performance measures % of priorities accomplished annually % completed within budget parameters $ set aside in rainy day reserve % of public rating BFO results to be satisfactory # rating by bond agencies of city solvency $ leveraged ratio of city funds to state and federal grants Action 5a.2 (68): Permitting processes Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Development Services Department Very high Medium-high 12-18 Strategic objective Participants Consolidate and simplify the business license, land use and building permit review process to incorporate electronic application procedures, pre- submittal workshops, and concurrent reviews. Planning Board Architectural Design Board Chamber of Commerce City Clerk’s Office Property owners Architects Developers Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Permitting processes Potential performance measures @ on-line applications available # on-line applications filed annually % users indicating on-line applications useful % review process developers indicating new process predictable and fair % public indicating new process provides adequate input and review Packet Page 210 of 265 Action 5a.3 (72): Assess performance results Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Very high Medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Assess, on an annual basis, State of the City programs, projects, and budget. Regularly conduct public, customer, and business surveys to determine the effectiveness, performance, and priorities of adopted Strategic Plan actions. All Departments Port of Edmonds Swedish Hospital Edmonds School District Edmonds Community College Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Downtown BID Sustainable Edmonds Citizens Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Assess performance results Potential performance measures % businesses satisfied with strategic plan results % public satisfied with strategic plan results % young adults satisfied with strategic plan results % of Council satisfied with strategic plan results Action 5a.4 (71): Strategy development Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council All Departments Very high Medium 12 Strategic objective Participants Adopt and implement a Strategic Plan in partnership with public and private organizations. Port of Edmonds Swedish Hospital Edmonds School District Edmonds Community College Sound Transit Senior Center Community Transit WA Department of Transportation WA State Ferries Chamber of Commerce Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Downtown BID Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Strategy development Potential performance measures # of organizations involved in strategic plan implementation actions $ combined to fund marketing, promotion actions Packet Page 211 of 265 Budgeting for Outcomes (BFO) How is BFO different? Traditional budgeting Budgeting for Outcomes Budget begins with Last year’s budget Community priorities Focuses on Cost of services Value of services Is organized by Department Priority Encourages Low risk “same as before” approach New ideas, innovation, cooperation, and improvement Motivation Be fair to all, avoid pain Get the best results that match priorities BFO is also called Priority-Driven Budgeting (PDB) or Budgeting by Priority (BP) or Performance Based Budgeting (PBB) Budgeting for Outcomes (BFO) BFO is one form of priority based budgeting where spending is linked to overall community results. Using BFO, the government identifies its most important priorities for its citizens. Services are then ranked according to how well they align with the priorities, and resources are allocated in accordance with the ranking. Budgeting for Outcomes is drastically different than a traditional incremental approach to budgeting where decreases in revenue often lead to across the board cuts limiting results that can be achieved for both low and high priority services. Rather than having the starting point be what was funded by department in the previous budget, the starting point with BFO becomes what results the jurisdiction wants to achieve. Elected officials spend more of their time making decisions on how much revenue citizens can afford to provide and on choosing results and less time on deciding how much money to cut from the budget and where to cut. The incentives for agencies and departments change from making it difficult for the budget office to find places to cut their budgets to figuring out what activities work best to achieve results and how to provide those activities at lower cost. BFO is an innovative approach to budgeting that acts as a catalyst for additional improvements in efficiency and the ability to deliver results for citizens. http://www.gfoaconsulting.org/downloads/ GFOAWhitepaper_AnatomyofaPriority- Driven%20BudgetProcess_March2011.pdf Packet Page 212 of 265 Action 5a.5 (64): NGO participation Lead Rank Complexity Months Chamber of Commerce Mod-high Medium 12-18 Strategic objective Participants Integrate NGOs such as the Chamber of Commerce, Downtown Edmonds Merchants Association, Business Improvement District, and others into the operation and implementation of BFO and Strategic Plan actions. Downtown Edmonds Merchants Assn Edmonds Downtown BID Edmonds Center for the Arts Sustainable Edmonds Edmonds School District Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ NGO participation Potential performance measures % organizations who feel city government is giving good service % organizations who feel city government is listening to them and keeping them involved % organizations involved in policy development and implementation Action 5a.6 (34): Fiscal sustainability Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Mod-high Medium 12-24 Strategic objective Participants Create an alternative mechanism other than the City of Edmonds General Fund with which to finance parks and recreation programs and services. Parks & Recreation Department Finance Department Port of Edmonds Economic Development Commission Citizens Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Fiscal sustainability Potential performance measures @ levy or bond referendum successful for park projects $ raised by above over current funding amounts % cost recovery of recreational programs % life cycle facility requirements funded per year % capital projects funded in 6-10 year planning period Packet Page 213 of 265 Strategic Objective 5: Responsible, accountable, and responsive government 5b: Promotion and encouragement of an active and involved community Action 5b.1 (70): Public access Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Mod-high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Conduct frequent town halls, public open houses, and other events at locations throughout the city to improve public access and facilitate dialogue on policies, programs, projects, and budgets. Economic Development Department Finance Department Parks & Recreation Department Development Services Department Public Works Department Police Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Public access Potential performance measures # outreach events per year % outreach events conducted throughout the City # persons participating in outreach events # persons on outreach contact lists % eligible voters who participated in last general election Action 5b.2 (69): Communication Lead Rank Complexity Months City Council Mod-high Low-medium On-going Strategic objective Participants Establish effective public information and feedback methods including websites, blogs, Facebook, Twitter, and other social media outreach. Economic Development Department Finance Department Parks & Recreation Department Development Services Department Public Works Department Police Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Communication Potential performance measures % residents who feel that Edmonds listens to them, keeps them informed, and seeks their involvement Packet Page 214 of 265 Strategic Objective 5: Provide responsible, accountable, and responsive government 5c: Ensure a safe and secure environment for residents, businesses, and visitors Action 5c.1: Safe and secure environment Lead Rank Complexity Months Police Department Low On-going Strategic objective Participants City Council Parks & Recreation Department Development Services Department Public Works Department Implementation schedule 2013 2014 2015 2016 2017 2018+ Safe and secure environment Potential performance measures % of residents who feel safe in their neighborhood # reported part 1 crimes per 1,000 population % of part 1 crimes cleared by arrest or exceptional means # reportable traffic collisions per 1,000 population % of residents who rate their neighborhood condition good or excellent % of residents who rate their overall quality of life as good or excellent # active Community Emergency Response Team (CERT) volunteers # of residents trained in CERT Packet Page 215 of 265 Strategic Objective 1 2 3 4 5 SO RS Rk Pg#Short Title Actions - Strategies - Goals Month Complex Lead 1 Lead 2 Lead 3 Lead 4 Lead 5 Lead 6 Sub1 Sub2 1 3 ML 25 01: Database Create and maintain a database to identify opportunities for business and developer recruitment efforts. The database may include an inventory of available properties, buildings, and resources in Edmonds business districts and zones. 6-18 Low-Med EDD Cham Port Ed Com Brok Com 1 5 VH 11 02: Business outreach Integrate City, Port, Chamber, Edmonds Community College, Edmonds School District, and private business efforts and communications for the benefit of economic recruitment. 12 Low EDD Port Cham SP 1 4 MH 35 03: Economic incentives Adopt economic incentives for key business or development recruitment targets. These may include reduced or deferred business license fees, permit fees, utility connection charges, latecomer fees, park or traffic impact fees, property tax reduction or deferral, and/or expedited building permit review. 12-24 Medium Council DSD EDD EDC Land Use 1 5 VH 9 04: Economic sustainability Recruit businesses that employ technical, professional, and managerial skills offered by Edmonds residents to facilitate live/work sustainability in Edmonds. Ongoing Low EDD Port Cham Sp Tech 1 5 VH 16 05: High tech industries Retain and recruit businesses that depend on, and can take advantage of, Edmonds superior fiber optics capability. Ongoing Medium EDD Cham Port Tech 5 5 VH 68 05c.1Safe Environment Ensure a Safe and Secure Environment for residents, businesses, and visitors Ongoing Low ED Pol 1 5 VH 16 06: Health and medical industries Retain and recruit businesses that support and can expand health related services and products within the general area of Swedish Hospital Edmonds. 36-72 Low EDD Swed 1 1 VL 22 07: Car dealerships Encourage development of auto sales facilities that include decked display and storage lots, multistory sales and service facilities in order to retain this important source of retail sales revenue in the city and maximize land use. 1-12 Low EDD 99 CD Total Data Base Develop and Maintain a Transportation & Infrastucture System to Meet Current & Future Demand Months = the time estimate to complete and Complexity is task complexity Responsible, Accountable & Responsive Government Leads=organizations assigned to lead task and Subs are EDC committee assign Notes: SO=Strategic Objective, RS and Rk=Numerical Ranking 5-1 and Terms Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability Rank 5-1 or Very High, Mod-High, Mod-Low, Low, and Very Low respectively. Maintain, Enhance and Create a Sustainable Environment Pg# = page number in the Master Strategic Planning Doc Maintain and Enhance Edmonds' Community Character & Quality of Life Short Title and Actions-Strategies-Goals taken directly from Master Doc. Packet Page 216 of 265 1 5 VH 9 08: Marketing Identify and recruit retailers to fill critical gaps in retail sales and services such as basic needs (clothing downtown, professional services) within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5- Corners, and Perrinville, as well as larger department stores and specialty retailers on Highway 99. 1-36 Low EDD Port Cham SP 1 4 MH 11 09: Design Develop a process to identify ways to enhance retail storefronts within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5-Corners, Perrinville and Highway 99. For example, this could include identifying competitive grants and low cost loan programs. 1-36 Low-Med DTMA Cham 1 5 VH 11 10: Promotion Initiate and expand retail sales and other events and activities including sidewalk cafes and vendors within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5-Corners, Perrinville and Highway 99. 1-36 Medium DTMA Cham 1 4 MH 20 11: Organization Institute the "Main Street" Program 4-Point approach which includes economic restructuring, promotion, design and organization for the downtown and Highway 99 business districts. 1-24 Low EDD Cham DTMA 1 3 ML 22 12: Financing Create an Edmonds Downtown Business Improvement District (BID) to benefit properties and businesses for the purpose of instituting marketing, design, and promotional activities within the downtown business district. 1-12 Medium Ed DT BID Council 1 5 VH 9 13: Interim storefronts Encourage temporary artist exhibits or similar uses in vacant storefronts or buildings in order to provide visual interest and activity while the building is being marketed for a future tenant or owner. 1-36 Low EDD DTMA Tour 1 5 VH 24 14: Employment Create a young adult job placement service to help find part and full-time employment opportunities with Edmonds businesses, schools and organizations. 12-18 Medium Cham ESD ECC 1 5 VH 24 15: Participation Work with public and private organizations to provide mentoring opportunities for young adults through events or social outreach, projects, environmental stewardship, arts and culture and job/career networking. 12 Low-Med Parks ESD ECC Packet Page 217 of 265 3 5 VH 47 16: Activities Create young adult social and recreation oriented activities and facilities that offer evening and after school peer group interactions and events. Ongoing Medium Parks ESD 3 3 ML 50 17: Diversify housing options Increase housing choice by type, price, and proximity to employment centers, transit corridors, and recreational sites in order to provide live/work/play opportunities in Edmonds. 12-24 Medium DSD 3 2 L 50 18: Affordable housing Promote the creation of rental and sale workforce housing for moderate income working households through incentives that may include additional density, reduced parking requirements, reduced permit fees, and/or other measures. 12-24 Medium Council DSD 1 5 VH 17 19: Shoreline and waterfront Develop a strategy for the combined shoreline (east/west of rail lines) from the Port to the Underwater Dive Park and from the waterfront to the downtown that increases public access and recreational opportunities. 24-60 Med-High EDD DSD Council Port Tour Land Use 1 5 VH 17 20: Harbor Square Review and approve a long term master plan and agreement for the Port of Edmonds Harbor Square property that enhances the waterfront environment, public access and promotes mixed use development. 1-12 High City Port Land Use SP 1 5 VH 18 21: Antique Mall Encourage packaging the Safeway/Antique Mall and nearby properties for the purpose of enhancing redevelopment opportunities of this significant gateway site. 1-36 Med-High Pr Own EDD Port Land Use SP 1 3 ML 20 22: Highway 99 International District Create a plan and design theme for this unique area, initiate promotional events and activities, and recruit additional anchors or destination stores. 21-26 Med-High Bus Own DSD EDD CSD Pr Own Tour Land Use 1 5 VH 18 23: Swedish Hospital Update the Hospital District master plan to meet hospital needs while mitigating impacts to adjacent nonmedical land uses. 12-36 High Swed DSD Land Use 1 2 L 27 24: Marketing Conduct surveys of visitors to determine their characteristics, expenditure patterns, sources of information, and other behavior to better understand the economic benefits and what attracts visitors to Edmonds. Ongoing Low EDD CSD Cham Tour Packet Page 218 of 265 1 4 MH 25 25: Design Continue to include arts and historical themes in the Edmonds brand and install artworks, gateways, wayfinding signage, and streetscape improvements at key entrances to Edmonds, e.g., the waterfront, downtown, Highway 99, State Route-104 and other business districts. Ongoing Low-Med CSD EDD Tour 1 4 MH 29 26: Promotion Create an Edmonds arts website and utilize social media including Google maps, Facebook, and Twitter to promote and attract visitors to an expanded year- round calendar of events and festivals for performing, literary, culinary, fine, and other arts interests. 12 Medium Cham CSD 1 4 MH 29 27: Organization Create a central clearinghouse to coordinate scheduling and promotion of events in Edmonds. Ongoing Low-Med Cham CSD Com 1 4 MH 31 28: Edmonds Center for the Arts (ECA) Complete a strategic plan identifying financial strategies for debt payment, redevelopment and reuse of the remaining un-renovated property, including a potential parking garage. 1-12 Med-High ECA 1 3 ML 31 29: 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Fund and complete construction of a linear park streetscape between the downtown and Edmonds Center Arts in order to create a walkable corridor that preserves the historical character of the area, and promotes retail/art opportunities. 24-60 Med-High CSD Council Pub Wks 1 2 L 33 30: Art and history walking tours Create signage, audio and phone apps, and web based information to expand art and history walking tours of waterfront and downtown historical sites and buildings, artworks, and other visually interesting and significant landmarks. 6-12 Low CSD 1 2 L 33 31: Artist live/work Explore ways to develop affordable artist live-work- teach-display-sell spaces to attract young and emerging talent to Edmonds similar to the Schack Center in Everett. 12-36 Low-Med Cham EDD CSD Land Use Tour 1 2 L 35 32: Fine Arts Museum Explore ways to develop a museum to exhibit local, emerging, and traveling fine arts possibly in combination with ECA and/or the proposed artist live/work project. 36-72 Med-High CSD 2 5 VH 36 33: Farmers'/Public Market Expand into a year-round activity with available all- weather structures, available parking, and increased visibility to attract out-of-area customers and tourists. 12-36 Medium Ed Sum Mkt Tour SP Packet Page 219 of 265 3 4 MH 66 34: Fiscal sustainability Create an alternative mechanism other than the City of Edmonds General Fund with which to finance parks and recreation programs and services. 12-24 Medium Council 3 5 VH 47 35: Greenways Develop a system of coordinated open spaces, conservation corridors, and greenways with trail access along the shoreline, waterfront, wetlands, hillsides, and parks to preserve the natural setting and increase public awareness and access. 12-60 Med-High Parks Sust Ed 3 2 L 52 36: Dog park Identify a suitable relocation site and develop a dedicated dog park consisting of fenced social yards with spectator seating and amenities, and off-leash exercise areas and trails. 36-60 Medium OLAE Parks 3 5 VH 45 37: Downtown restrooms Develop a public restroom facility to serve pedestrians, customers, and tourists in the downtown district. 12-48 Med-High City Cham Tour 3 5 VH 48 38a: Yost Pool Create and implement a long term financial and operational strategy for the updating/upgrading, refurbishment and retrofitting of the current Yost Pool facility. 12-36 Med-High Parks 3 3 ML 49 38b: Yost Pool Develop and/or expand Yost Pool to include outdoor and indoor leisure pool elements, therapy pool, party rooms and concessions, and possibly other recreation physical conditioning, courts, and gymnasium uses. 60-120 High Parks 3 3 ML 49 39a: Civic Field Civic Field - address long term property ownership and upgrade field, stadium, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. 12-96 High Parks ESD Tour 3 2 L 52 39b: Woodway Fields Woodway Fields - address long term property ownership and upgrade field, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. 36-48 Med-High Parks 3 5 VH 45 40: Anderson Center Refine long range strategy to enhance, maintain and update life cycle maintenance, repair requirements and functional program needs. 12-60 Medium Parks 3 5 VH 45 41a: Senior Center a. Develop long term solution for maintaining and updating the Senior Center. 12-72 High ED Sen Ctr Parks 3 1 VL 52 41b: Senior Center b. Relocate the Senior Center to another location.60-96 High ED Sen Ctr Parks Packet Page 220 of 265 2 2 L 42 42: Coordination Establish a central clearinghouse to coordinate environmental education and sustainability funding, programs, and volunteers. Ongoing Low-Med Parks Sust Ed 2 4 MH 37 43: Native habitat Plant street trees, restore native habitat in disturbed areas, remove invasive species and update the landscape ordinance to promote use of native and drought resistant plants and restoration of wildlife habitat. Ongoing Medium Parks BY W Hab 2 4 MH 40 44: Food production Encourage community gardens and pea patches, plant fruit tree orchards, harvest and deliver food products to food banks and other sources to promote natural systems in Edmonds. Ongoing Low Parks Ed TB Sust Ed 2 3 ML 40 45a: Stormwater and habitat Daylight Willow Creek to help with restoring saltwater access to Edmonds Marsh. 24-60 High Pub Wks 2 4 MH 38 45b: Stormwater Resolve on-going flooding and water quality issues in Lake Ballinger. Ongoing Med-High Pub Wks 2 5 VH 37 45c: Stormwater Resolve flooding on SR-104 and Dayton.24-48 Med-High Pub Wks 2 3 ML 42 45d: Stormwater and habitat Encourage the development of rain gardens, green roofs and walls, bio-filtration swales, and other green development features in Edmonds projects and development codes. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks 2 4 MH 38 46: Energy Reduce Edmond's carbon footprint through solar installations and other energy conservation practices in current city operations, updating development codes, and utilizing Sustainable Works energy audits and retrofits. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks Sust Ed 2 5 VH 36 47: Recycling Expand reuse and recycling programs in current city operations and in waste management outreach activities by Edmonds households and businesses. Ongoing Low-Med Pub Wks 4 4 MH 55 48: Trails Complete an off-road multipurpose trail network linking the shoreline and waterfront, Edmonds Marsh, downtown, business districts, parks and open spaces, bus and rail transit connections, and the Interurban Trail in Edmonds. Ongoing Medium Parks 4 5 VH 54 49: Walkways Institute sidewalk maintenance and construction program to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major walking destinations. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks Packet Page 221 of 265 4 3 ML 58 50: Crosswalks Install special paving materials, flashing light crossing strips, pedestrian activated signals, median and curb extensions as appropriate to improve pedestrian safety, increase visibility, and calm traffic at major intersections on SR-104 and Highway 99. 24-60 Med-High Pub Wks 4 4 MH 57 51: Waterfront connection Work to establish an emergency and everyday access over the railroad tracks and ferry terminal lanes for pedestrians bound for shoreline and waterfront attractions from Harbor Square, Antique Mall, and the downtown. 60+High Pub Wks BNSF WS Ferry 4 2 L 59 52: Bikeway network Institute an on-street network of bike lanes, shoulders, and sharrows (shared lanes) to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major commuter and recreational destinations including the Interurban Trail. 12-60 Medium Pub Wks Ed Bike GP 4 5 VH 53 53: Street maintenance Create a financing mechanism to generate approximately $1,400,000 per year which is needed annually to maintain city streets. 12-18 Med-High Council Pub Wks Land Use 4 4 MH 55 54: Highway 99 Create transportation improvement program and project for Highway 99 to improve traffic flow, transit connections, pedestrian streetscape and to encourage mixed use project developments similar to what has been recently completed in Shoreline and is planned in Everett and Lynnwood. 12-60 Med-High EDD Pub Wks 4 1 VL 61 55a: Shuttle service Initiate seasonal or possibly year-round shuttle service between the waterfront area and downtown. 12 Low DT/99 Bus Com and Res 4 2 L 59 55b: Shuttle service Initiate seasonal or possibly year-round shuttle service between downtown and Community Transit's Swift BRT transit stations along Highway 99. 12 Low 99 Bus Own DT/WF Bus Com 4 2 L 59 56: Swift Bus Rapid Transit (BRT) Enhance Community Transit's route along Highway 99 from Everett to the King County Metro transfer station at Aurora Village by designating transit lanes and pull- outs, transit traffic signal activation, all-weather shelters, and other improvements. Ongoing Low Com Tran Packet Page 222 of 265 4 3 ML 58 57: SR-104 Transit Expand Community Transit's schedule and hours to support Edmonds employees and residents, particularly at the waterfront, downtown, Westgate, and Highway 99 including connections to the Highway 99 International District. Ongoing Low Com Tran 4 4 MH 54 58: Sounder Train Increase the schedule and number of Sound Transit commuter rail trains between downtown Seattle and Edmonds to promote development of transit oriented development at Harbor Square, the waterfront, and downtown. Ongoing Medium SD Tran 4 4 MH 54 59: Sound Transit LINK Develop Community Transit links with the proposed Sound Transit LINK light rail corridor alignment along Interstate 5. 1-132 Med-High SD Tran 4 4 MH 58 60: Ferry Terminal Create an interim ferry waiting and loading strategy that reduces conflicts between trains, automobiles and pedestrians while improving ferry rider access to the waterfront and downtown services and amenities. 60+High WSDOT WS Ferry 4 4 MH 57 61: Intermodal Station Develop an integrated Amtrak, Sounder, Community Transit, shuttle, ferry, bike, and pedestrian transfer facility on the waterfront to promote accessibility and connectivity to and within Edmonds. 60+High City SD Tran Com Tran WSDOT WS Ferry Amtrak 4 5 VH 53 62: BNSF Railroad Participate in the environmental impact assessment process related to a proposal to build a coal export terminal at Cherry Point in Bellingham. Identify required improvements in Edmonds by Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) Railroad to mitigate extra tracks, train volumes, dust, noise, and potential conflicts with ferry terminal and waterfront pedestrian, bike, and vehicular traffic. 12-18 Medium Council 5 5 VH 63 63: Fiscal sustainability Implement Budgeting for Objectives (BFO) process that incorporates public input to establish community priorities, resolves a balance between revenues and expenditures, and encourages innovative and alternative delivery methods. 12-24 Med-High Council Packet Page 223 of 265 5 4 MH 66 64: NGO participation Integrate Nongovernmental Organizations (NGOs) such as the Chamber of Commerce, Downtown Edmonds Merchants Association, Busing Improvement District, and others into the operation and implementation of BFO and Strategic Plan actions. 12-18 Medium Cham 3 4 MH 48 65: Public view preservation Identify public view corridors and view sheds in the Bowl and create appropriate public view protection overlay districts, ordinances, and other measures to preserve and protect them. 12-24 Med-High DSD 1 2 L 15 66a: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the following commercial districts. 12-36 High DSD Land Use 1 3 ML 13 66a1: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Downtown/Waterfront area. 12-24 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 3 ML 13 66a2: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Westgate area. 1-12 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 4 MH 12 66a3: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Highway 99 area. 12-36 Med-High DSD 99 TF Land Use 1 2 L 15 66a4: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Five Corners area. 1-24 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 2 L 14 66a5: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Perrinville area. 1-12 Low DSD 1 2 L 14 66a6: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Firdale Village area. Comp Low DSD 1 3 ML 12 66b: Development regulations Address ground floor retail requirements to reflect demand in different retail corridors and locations. 1-24 Medium DSD Land Use SP 3 3 ML 50 67: Design standards Illustrate site, building, landscape, and signage design objectives using examples to achieve public quality design objectives. 12-24 Medium DSD Land Use 5 5 VH 63 68: Permitting processes Consolidate and simplify the business license, land use and building permit review process to incorporate electronic application procedures, pre-submittal workshops, and concurrent reviews. 12-18 Med-High Council DSD Land Use Packet Page 224 of 265 5 4 MH 67 69: Communication Establish effective public information and feedback methods including websites, blogs, Facebook, Twitter, and other social media outreach. Ongoing Low-Med Council Com 5 4 MH 67 70: Public access Conduct frequent town halls, public open houses, and other events at locations throughout the city to improve public access and facilitate dialogue on policies, programs, projects, and budgets. Ongoing Low-Med Council Com 5 5 VH 64 71: Strategy development Adopt and implement a Strategic Plan in partnership with public and private organizations. 12 Medium Council All Dept 5 5 VH 64 72: Assess performance results Assess, on an annual basis, State of the City programs, projects, and budget. Regularly conduct public, customer, and business surveys to determine the effectiveness, performance, and priorities of adopted Strategic Plan actions. Ongoing Medium Council Packet Page 225 of 265 Strategic Objective 1 2 3 4 5 SO RS Rk Pg#Short Title Actions - Strategies - Goals Month Complex Lead 1 Lead 2 Lead 3 Lead 4 Lead 5 Lead 6 Sub1 Sub2 4 5 VH 53 53: Street maintenance Create a financing mechanism to generate approximately $1,400,000 per year which is needed annually to maintain city streets. 12-18 Med-High Council Pub Wks Land Use 4 5 VH 53 62: BNSF Railroad Participate in the environmental impact assessment process related to a proposal to build a coal export terminal at Cherry Point in Bellingham. Identify required improvements in Edmonds by Burlington Northern Santa Fe (BNSF) Railroad to mitigate extra tracks, train volumes, dust, noise, and potential conflicts with ferry terminal and waterfront pedestrian, bike and vehicular traffic 12-18 Medium Council 5 5 VH 63 63: Fiscal sustainability Implement Budgeting for Objectives (BFO) process that incorporates public input to establish community priorities, resolves a balance between revenues and expenditures, and encourages innovative and alternative delivery methods. 12-24 Med-High Council 5 5 VH 63 68: Permitting processes Consolidate and simplify the business license, land use and building permit review process to incorporate electronic application procedures, pre-submittal workshops, and concurrent reviews. 12-18 Med-High Council DSD Land Use 5 5 VH 64 71: Strategy development Adopt and implement a Strategic Plan in partnership with public and private organizations. 12 Medium Council All Dept 5 5 VH 64 72: Assess performance results Assess, on an annual basis, State of the City programs, projects, and budget. Regularly conduct public, customer, and business surveys to determine the effectiveness, performance, and priorities of adopted Strategic Plan actions. Ongoing Medium Council Council Develop and Maintain a Transportation & Infrastucture System to Meet Current & Future Demand Months = the time estimate to complete and Complexity is task complexity Responsible, Accountable & Responsive Government Leads=organizations assigned to lead task and Subs are EDC committee assig Notes: SO=Strategic Objective, RS and Rk=Numerical Ranking 5-1 and Terms Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability Rank 5-1 or Very High, Mod-High, Mod-Low, Low, and Very Low respectively Maintain, Enhance and Create a Sustainable Environment Pg# = page number in the Master Strategic Planning Doc Maintain and Enhance Edmonds' Community Character & Quality of Life Short Title and Actions-Strategies-Goals taken directly from Master Doc. Packet Page 226 of 265 1 5 VH 17 19: Shoreline and waterfront Develop a strategy for the combined shoreline (east/west of rail lines) from the Port to the Underwater Dive Park and from the waterfront to the downtown that increases public access and recreational opportunities. 24-60 Med-High EDD DSD Council Port Tour Land Use 1 4 MH 35 03: Economic incentives Adopt economic incentives for key business or development recruitment targets. These may include reduced or deferred business license fees, permit fees, utility connection charges, latecomer fees, park or traffic impact fees, property tax reduction or deferral, and/or expedited building permit review. 12-24 Medium Council DSD EDD EDC Land Use 3 4 MH 66 34: Fiscal sustainability Create an alternative mechanism other than the City of Edmonds General Fund with which to finance parks and recreation programs and services. 12-24 Medium Council 5 4 MH 67 70: Public access Conduct frequent town halls, public open houses, and other events at locations throughout the city to improve public access and facilitate dialogue on policies, programs, projects, and budgets. Ongoing Low-Med Council Com 5 4 MH 67 69: Communication Establish effective public information and feedback methods including websites, blogs, Facebook, Twitter, and other social media outreach. Ongoing Low-Med Council Com 1 3 ML 31 29: 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Fund and complete construction of a linear park streetscape between the downtown and Edmonds Center Arts in order to create a walkable corridor that preserves the historical character of the area, and promotes retail/art opportunities. 24-60 Med-High CSD Council Pub Wks 1 3 ML 22 12: Financing Create an Edmonds Downtown Business Improvement District (BID) to benefit properties and businesses for the purpose of instituting marketing, design, and promotional activities within the downtown business district. 1-12 Medium Ed DT BID Council Packet Page 227 of 265 3 2 L 50 18: Affordable housing Promote the creation of rental and sale workforce housing for moderate income working households through incentives that may include additional density, reduced parking requirements, reduced permit fees, and/or other measures. 12-24 Medium Council DSD Packet Page 228 of 265 Strategic Objective 1 2 3 4 5 SO RS Rk Pg#Short Title Actions - Strategies - Goals Month Complex Lead 1 Lead 2 Lead 3 Lead 4 Lead 5 Lead 6 Sub1 Sub2 1 5 VH 24 14: Employment Create a young adult job placement service to help find part and full-time employment opportunities with Edmonds businesses, schools and organizations. 12-18 Medium Cham ESD ECC 1 5 VH 17 20: Harbor Square Review and approve a long term master plan and agreement for the Port of Edmonds Harbor Square property that enhances the waterfront environment, public access and promotes mixed use development. 1-12 High City Port Land Use SP 3 5 VH 45 37: Downtown restrooms Develop a public restroom facility to serve pedestrians, customers, and tourists in the downtown district. 12-48 Med-High City Cham Tour 5 5 VH 68 05c.1Safe Environment Ensure a Safe and Secure Environment for residents, businesses, and visitors Ongoing Low ED Pol 3 5 VH 45 41a: Senior Center a. Develop long term solution for maintaining and updating the Senior Center. 12-72 High ED Sen Ctr Parks 1 5 VH 11 02: Business outreach Integrate City, Port, Chamber, Edmonds Community College, Edmonds School District, and private business efforts and communications for the benefit of economic recruitment. 12 Low EDD Port Cham SP 1 5 VH 9 04: Economic sustainability Recruit businesses that employ technical, professional, and managerial skills offered by Edmonds residents to facilitate live/work sustainability in Edmonds. Ongoing Low EDD Port Cham Sp Tech 1 5 VH 16 05: High tech industries Retain and recruit businesses that depend on, and can take advantage of, Edmonds superior fiber optics capability. Ongoing Medium EDD Cham Port Tech 1 5 VH 16 06: Health and medical industries Retain and recruit businesses that support and can expand health related services and products within the general area of Swedish Hospital Edmonds. 36-72 Low EDD Swed Staff Develop and Maintain a Transportation & Infrastucture System to Meet Current & Future Demand Months = the time estimate to complete and Complexity is task complexity Responsible, Accountable & Responsive Government Leads=organizations assigned to lead task and Subs are EDC committee assig Notes: SO=Strategic Objective, RS and Rk=Numerical Ranking 5-1 and Terms Economic Health, Vitality & Sustainability Rank 5-1 or Very High, Mod-High, Mod-Low, Low, and Very Low respectively Maintain, Enhance and Create a Sustainable Environment Pg# = page number in the Master Strategic Planning Doc Maintain and Enhance Edmonds' Community Character & Quality of Life Short Title and Actions-Strategies-Goals taken directly from Master Doc. Packet Page 229 of 265 1 5 VH 9 08: Marketing Identify and recruit retailers to fill critical gaps in retail sales and services such as basic needs (clothing downtown, professional services) within the business districts of downtown, Westgate, Firdale Village, 5- Corners, and Perrinville, as well as larger department stores and specialty retailers on Highway 99. 1-36 Low EDD Port Cham SP 1 5 VH 9 13: Interim storefronts Encourage temporary artist exhibits or similar uses in vacant storefronts or buildings in order to provide visual interest and activity while the building is being marketed for a future tenant or owner. 1-36 Low EDD DTMA Tour 1 5 VH 24 15: Participation Work with public and private organizations to provide mentoring opportunities for young adults through events or social outreach, projects, environmental stewardship, arts and culture and job/career networking. 12 Low-Med Parks ESD ECC 3 5 VH 47 16: Activities Create young adult social and recreation oriented activities and facilities that offer evening and after school peer group interactions and events. Ongoing Medium Parks ESD 3 5 VH 47 35: Greenways Develop a system of coordinated open spaces, conservation corridors, and greenways with trail access along the shoreline, waterfront, wetlands, hillsides, and parks to preserve the natural setting and increase public awareness and access. 12-60 Med-High Parks Sust Ed 3 5 VH 48 38a: Yost Pool Create and implement a long term financial and operational strategy for the updating/upgrading, refurbishment and retrofitting of the current Yost Pool facility. 12-36 Med-High Parks 3 5 VH 45 40: Anderson Center Refine long range strategy to enhance, maintain and update life cycle maintenance, repair requirements and functional program needs. 12-60 Medium Parks 1 5 VH 18 21: Antique Mall Encourage packaging the Safeway/Antique Mall and nearby properties for the purpose of enhancing redevelopment opportunities of this significant gateway site. 1-36 Med-High Pr Own EDD Port Land Use SP 2 5 VH 37 45c: Stormwater Resolve flooding on SR-104 and Dayton.24-48 Med-High Pub Wks Packet Page 230 of 265 2 5 VH 36 47: Recycling Expand reuse and recycling programs in current city operations and in waste management outreach activities by Edmonds households and businesses. Ongoing Low-Med Pub Wks 4 5 VH 54 49: Walkways Institute sidewalk maintenance and construction program to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major walking destinations. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks 1 5 VH 18 23: Swedish Hospital Update the Hospital District master plan to meet hospital needs while mitigating impacts to adjacent nonmedical land uses. 12-36 High Swed DSD Land Use 4 5 VH 53 53: Street maintenance Create a financing mechanism to generate approximately $1,400,000 per year which is needed annually to maintain city streets. 12-18 Med-High Council Pub Wks Land Use 5 5 VH 63 68: Permitting processes Consolidate and simplify the business license, land use and building permit review process to incorporate electronic application procedures, pre-submittal workshops, and concurrent reviews. 12-18 Med-High Council DSD Land Use 5 5 VH 64 71: Strategy development Adopt and implement a Strategic Plan in partnership with public and private organizations. 12 Medium Council All Dept 1 4 MH 29 26: Promotion Create an Edmonds arts website and utilize social media including Google maps, Facebook, and Twitter to promote and attract visitors to an expanded year- round calendar of events and festivals for performing, literary, culinary, fine, and other arts interests. 12 Medium Cham CSD 1 4 MH 29 27: Organization Create a central clearinghouse to coordinate scheduling and promotion of events in Edmonds. Ongoing Low-Med Cham CSD Com 1 4 MH 25 25: Design Continue to include arts and historical themes in the Edmonds brand and install artworks, gateways, wayfinding signage, and streetscape improvements at key entrances to Edmonds, e.g., the waterfront, downtown, Highway 99, State Route-104 and other business districts. Ongoing Low-Med CSD EDD Tour 3 4 MH 48 65: Public view preservation Identify public view corridors and view sheds in the Bowl and create appropriate public view protection overlay districts, ordinances, and other measures to preserve and protect them. 12-24 Med-High DSD Packet Page 231 of 265 1 4 MH 12 66a3: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Highway 99 area. 12-36 Med-High DSD 99 TF Land Use 1 4 MH 20 11: Organization Institute the "Main Street" Program 4-Point approach which includes economic restructuring, promotion, design and organization for the downtown and Highway 99 business districts. 1-24 Low EDD Cham DTMA 4 4 MH 55 54: Highway 99 Create transportation improvement program and project for Highway 99 to improve traffic flow, transit connections, pedestrian streetscape and to encourage mixed use project developments similar to what has been recently completed in Shoreline and is planned in Everett and Lynnwood. 12-60 Med-High EDD Pub Wks 2 4 MH 37 43: Native habitat Plant street trees, restore native habitat in disturbed areas, remove invasive species and update the landscape ordinance to promote use of native and drought resistant plants and restoration of wildlife habitat. Ongoing Medium Parks BY W Hab 2 4 MH 40 44: Food production Encourage community gardens and pea patches, plant fruit tree orchards, harvest and deliver food products to food banks and other sources to promote natural systems in Edmonds. Ongoing Low Parks Ed TB Sust Ed 4 4 MH 55 48: Trails Complete an off-road multipurpose trail network linking the shoreline and waterfront, Edmonds Marsh, downtown, business districts, parks and open spaces, bus and rail transit connections, and the Interurban Trail in Edmonds. Ongoing Medium Parks 2 4 MH 38 45b: Stormwater Resolve on-going flooding and water quality issues in Lake Ballinger. Ongoing Med-High Pub Wks 2 4 MH 38 46: Energy Reduce Edmond's carbon footprint through solar installations and other energy conservation practices in current city operations, updating development codes, and utilizing Sustainable Works energy audits and retrofits. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks Sust Ed Packet Page 232 of 265 4 4 MH 57 51: Waterfront connection Work to establish an emergency and everyday access over the railroad tracks and ferry terminal lanes for pedestrians bound for shoreline and waterfront attractions from Harbor Square, Antique Mall, and the downtown. 60+High Pub Wks BNSF WS Ferry 1 4 MH 35 03: Economic incentives Adopt economic incentives for key business or development recruitment targets. These may include reduced or deferred business license fees, permit fees, utility connection charges, latecomer fees, park or traffic impact fees, property tax reduction or deferral, and/or expedited building permit review. 12-24 Medium Council DSD EDD EDC Land Use 1 3 ML 20 22: Highway 99 International District Create a plan and design theme for this unique area, initiate promotional events and activities, and recruit additional anchors or destination stores. 21-26 Med-High Bus Own DSD EDD CSD Pr Own Tour Land Use 3 3 ML 50 17: Diversify housing options Increase housing choice by type, price, and proximity to employment centers, transit corridors, and recreational sites in order to provide live/work/play opportunities in Edmonds. 12-24 Medium DSD 1 3 ML 13 66a1: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Downtown/Waterfront area. 12-24 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 3 ML 13 66a2: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Westgate area. 1-12 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 3 ML 12 66b: Development regulations Address ground floor retail requirements to reflect demand in different retail corridors and locations. 1-24 Medium DSD Land Use SP 1 3 ML 25 01: Database Create and maintain a database to identify opportunities for business and developer recruitment efforts. The database may include an inventory of available properties, buildings, and resources in Edmonds business districts and zones. 6-18 Low-Med EDD Cham Port Ed Com Brok Com 3 3 ML 49 38b: Yost Pool Develop and/or expand Yost Pool to include outdoor and indoor leisure pool elements, therapy pool, party rooms and concessions, and possibly other recreation physical conditioning, courts, and gymnasium uses. 60-120 High Parks Packet Page 233 of 265 3 3 ML 49 39a: Civic Field Civic Field - address long term property ownership and upgrade field, stadium, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. 12-96 High Parks ESD Tour 2 3 ML 40 45a: Stormwater and habitat Daylight Willow Creek to help with restoring saltwater access to Edmonds Marsh. 24-60 High Pub Wks 2 3 ML 42 45d: Stormwater and habitat Encourage the development of rain gardens, green roofs and walls, bio-filtration swales, and other green development features in Edmonds projects and development codes. Ongoing Medium Pub Wks 4 3 ML 58 50: Crosswalks Install special paving materials, flashing light crossing strips, pedestrian activated signals, median and curb extensions as appropriate to improve pedestrian safety, increase visibility, and calm traffic at major intersections on SR-104 and Highway 99. 24-60 Med-High Pub Wks 1 3 ML 31 29: 4th Avenue Cultural Corridor Fund and complete construction of a linear park streetscape between the downtown and Edmonds Center Arts in order to create a walkable corridor that preserves the historical character of the area, and promotes retail/art opportunities. 24-60 Med-High CSD Council Pub Wks 1 2 L 33 31: Artist live/work Explore ways to develop affordable artist live-work- teach-display-sell spaces to attract young and emerging talent to Edmonds similar to the Schack Center in Everett. 12-36 Low-Med Cham EDD CSD Land Use Tour 1 2 L 33 30: Art and history walking tours Create signage, audio and phone apps, and web based information to expand art and history walking tours of waterfront and downtown historical sites and buildings, artworks, and other visually interesting and significant landmarks. 6-12 Low CSD 1 2 L 35 32: Fine Arts Museum Explore ways to develop a museum to exhibit local, emerging, and traveling fine arts possibly in combination with ECA and/or the proposed artist live/work project. 36-72 Med-High CSD 1 2 L 15 66a: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the following commercial districts. 12-36 High DSD Land Use Packet Page 234 of 265 1 2 L 15 66a4: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Five Corners area. 1-24 Med-High DSD Land Use 1 2 L 14 66a5: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Perrinville area. 1-12 Low DSD 1 2 L 14 66a6: Development regulations Amend mixed use development standards to allow higher, mixed use density in the Firdale Village area. Comp Low DSD 1 2 L 27 24: Marketing Conduct surveys of visitors to determine their characteristics, expenditure patterns, sources of information, and other behavior to better understand the economic benefits and what attracts visitors to Edmonds. Ongoing Low EDD CSD Cham Tour 3 2 L 52 36: Dog park Identify a suitable relocation site and develop a dedicated dog park consisting of fenced social yards with spectator seating and amenities, and off-leash exercise areas and trails. 36-60 Medium OLAE Parks 3 2 L 52 39b: Woodway Fields Woodway Fields - address long term property ownership and upgrade field, lighting, and other features to support competitive play including tournaments. 36-48 Med-High Parks 2 2 L 42 42: Coordination Establish a central clearinghouse to coordinate environmental education and sustainability funding, programs, and volunteers. Ongoing Low-Med Parks Sust Ed 4 2 L 59 52: Bikeway network Institute an on-street network of bike lanes, shoulders, and sharrows (shared lanes) to complete key connections to the waterfront, downtown, business districts, schools, parks, and other major commuter and recreational destinations including the Interurban Trail. 12-60 Medium Pub Wks Ed Bike GP 3 1 VL 52 41b: Senior Center b. Relocate the Senior Center to another location.60-96 High ED Sen Ctr Parks 1 1 VL 22 07: Car dealerships Encourage development of auto sales facilities that include decked display and storage lots, multistory sales and service facilities in order to retain this important source of retail sales revenue in the city and maximize land use. 1-12 Low EDD 99 CD Packet Page 235 of 265    AM-6648     6.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:30 Minutes   Submitted For:Council President Buckshnis Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Report on Senior Center Strategic Plan Recommendation Previous Council Action Presentation provided to the Parks, Public Works and Planning Committee on March 11, 2014 Narrative The need to rebuild the Edmonds Senior Center has been a focus for many years. Two resolutions by Edmonds City Council (342 and 943) established the Senior Center at its current location and supported the demolition of its existing structure to be replaced by a new facility to meet both current and projected needs in the future.  Each year, the City of Edmonds provides the Edmonds Senior Center a bill for $10.00 to lease the land and provides $60,000 towards current operating costs. The remaining operating revenue and costs are the responsibility of the Board of Directors of the Edmonds Senior Center and Administration.  The Strategic Action Plan for the City of Edmonds includes an item towards “develop(ing) a long term solution for maintaining and updating the Edmonds Senior Center” , rated as VERY HIGH in importance; In fall of 2013, the Board of Directors of the Edmonds Senior Center created a Strategic Action Group to focus on the long-term viability of the current structure and/or replacement at its current location. A special retreat of the Board of the Senior Center reaffirmed that this Strategic Action Group should move forward with a feasibility study towards potential rebuilding of the Edmonds Senior Center at its current location.  In 2014, members of the Edmonds Senior Center were updated and agreed that a feasibility study should be undertaken with the Center at its current location. The Senior Center Strategic Planning Staff would like to bring forth information for support of the City Council to move forward on the rebuilding of the Senior Center.  Fiscal Impact Fiscal Year: Packet Page 236 of 265 Fiscal Year: Revenue: Expenditure: Fiscal Impact: $60.00 provided each year. Attachments Atttach 1: New Building presentations for City Council  Attach 2: Sr. Center Feasibility Study Schedule Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 10:38 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 10:48 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 11:05 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/06/2014 02:30 PM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 237 of 265 Edmonds City Council Retreat March 14, 2014 New Senior Center Building on present waterfront site Edmonds Senior Center Packet Page 238 of 265 To build a new state of the art “Edmonds kind of” senior center on our present waterfront site. The structure will take full advantage of the magnificent views and be a resource to the whole community. Edmonds Senior Center Goal Packet Page 239 of 265 Building would function as senior center weekdays 8:00am - 4:00pm with community use in off hours and weekends The greater the proposed use the greater support towards funding and operating the new facility Edmonds Senior Center Senior Center Community Center Packet Page 240 of 265 Cost of significant refurbishment too high - 2007 Structural Study Two choices: “Band-Aid” existing building and hope for the best or new building Edmonds Senior Center Why A New Building? Packet Page 241 of 265 Secure building envelope Level floors throughout Designed to accommodate new programs Meet contemporary seismic standards Takes maximum advantage of views with dramatic vistas from almost every room Meet high green building standards Edmonds Senior Center New Building Advantages Packet Page 242 of 265 It will welcome people and invite them in State of the art technology Would be used by entire community Coffee shop, café meeting places for all ages Increased parking Increased view corridors New Building Advantages (2) Edmonds Senior Center Packet Page 243 of 265 Health & Wellness Wing with one-on-one spaces A really good dance/exercise floor Dramatically increased rental income More Parks & Recreation programs Lower maintenance costs It will maintain the senior center on this site All of Edmonds would be proud of it Edmonds Senior Center New Building Advantages (3) Packet Page 244 of 265 City’s Strategic Plan 3a.1: “Develop long term solution for maintaining and updating the senior center.” (Leads: Senior Center & Parks and Recreation Department) Very high Edmonds Senior Center Context: City’s Strategic Plan Packet Page 245 of 265 1.D Consider new strategic partnerships with … the Edmonds Senior Center…that would increase recreation opportunities for Edmonds residents in accordance with this PROS Plan. 2.Y Work with the Edmonds Senior Center in developing a long term solution for upgrading and maintaining the Senior Center. Edmonds Senior Center Context: City’s PROS Plan Packet Page 246 of 265 The City/Center partnership is 46 years old. Project must recognize financial limitations of City. Current strategy envisions the Senior Center funding the facility’s replacement on City’s land parcel granted under a long term lease arrangement. Land to remain regional park with beach access. Possible model: East County Senior Center (Monroe) where nonprofit built, owns, and maintains the building, City owns land, Center has ground lease. Edmonds Senior Center Partnership With City is Key Packet Page 247 of 265 Exploring creating a Senior Center Foundation to manage campaign. The Foundation would involve Boomers. Many naming opportunities. Grants (particularly WA State) and large donors will drive success. Initial WA Capital Grant application – 6/2014. Edmonds Senior Center Fundraising Capital Campaign Packet Page 248 of 265 Agreements with City Legal – Shoreline Management Program Programs of new senior/community center Architectural – conceptual drawings Fundraising: Foundation & capital campaign Community input Edmonds Senior Center Process Feasibility Study Packet Page 249 of 265 January – Special Membership Meeting February – Hired lawyer and two architects March - Legal work, presentations to City, conceptual drawings by architects, Center’s Annual Membership Meeting April – Community Forums May – Feasibility study completed June – Board Decision, WA Capital Grant App Edmonds Senior Center Feasibility Study Timeline 2014 Packet Page 250 of 265 Edmonds Senior Center Feasibility Study Schedule Rev. 3/3/14 2014 line Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug 1 ESC Board Briefings 15 19 19 16 21 18 16 20 2 Third Wednesday of the month 3 Planning Subcommittee Meetings 6 3 3 7 5 2 7 4 4 First Monday of the month 5 LEGAL WORK: City-owned land vs ESC-owned building, land use regs, long-term land lease options, zoning, SMP, other legal challenges 6 Study/report on legal aspects: 7 Reviews with City 8 Complete/Integrate legal work with report 9 Coordination meetings with City Council 11 14 ^ 10 "Townhall" discussions with ESC membership 21 ^? 11 12 CONCEPTUAL DESIGN WORK: 13 Select Designer/architect 14 Solidify conceptual facility Program 15 Review with ESC 16 Refine Procedures & Schedule 17 Designer work product preparation 18 18 FEASIBILITY STUDY PRODUCTION: 19 ESC fundraising stratagies 20 Funding foundation studies 21 Combine legal & design work product 22 Draft supporting council resolution 1st 23 Revise study as required & complete 24 ESC Board approve Feasibility Study ^ 25 Present study+report+resolution to Council prep.^ 26 27 28 29 30 Longterm: Design- Sept'14-Dec.'14 Activity color key: light work 31 Fundraising- Oct.'14-Dec.'17 heavy work 32 Start Construction- April, 2017 final/production work Packet Page 251 of 265 Packet Page 252 of 265    AM-6651     7.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:15 Minutes   Submitted For:Councilmember Peterson Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Discussion regarding Green Resource Center Recommendation Previous Council Action Narrative Discussion regarding Green Resource Center Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 10:38 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 10:48 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 11:05 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/06/2014 03:54 PM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 253 of 265    AM-6647     8.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:30 Minutes   Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Transportation Forecasting including re-establishing the Transportation Committee Recommendation None Previous Council Action 2014 Budget included a set aside of $1,200,000 for streets. Narrative The City of Edmonds has lived through turbulent economic times which resulted in no funding to our street repaving for many years. In 2005, street repaving occurred as a result of a surplus of REET money. In 2009, a few streets were repaved as a result of Federal Grant money. A transportation levy was placed on the ballot in 2010 and failed and an established transportation committee disbanded.  Due to the condition of our streets and the surplus in funds as a result of hard economic decisions made over the years, the Council approved an allocation of $1,200,000 in 2013 for begin recommitting to our streets. As a Council, we need to determine the long terms plans for repaving our streets. Here are some questions to start the discussion: 1) Do we want to set aside a specific amount each year regardless of budget priorities?  2) Do we want to see what the overall budget surplus or shortfall will be and commit on a year by year basis? 3) Do we want to look at the REET set aside for streets and lower it? 4) Other methods of funding such as grant money or federal stimulus packages? 5) Do we want to re-establish the transportation committee? Fiscal Impact Fiscal Year: Revenue: Expenditure: Fiscal Impact: Packet Page 254 of 265 $1,200,000 last year from General Fund in 2013 Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 10:38 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 10:49 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 11:05 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/06/2014 02:28 PM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 255 of 265    AM-6660     9.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:90 Minutes   Submitted By:Carrie Hite Department:Parks and Recreation Committee: Public Safety, Personnel Type: Information Information Subject Title Discussion regarding City Council Consultant Services to improve communication between Council members and Council members and Administration. Recommendation City Council converse about the process of work with the consultant. Previous Council Action The City Council charged the Personnel Committee to identify a consultant to work with the Council, Mayor, and leadership team to create effective government. The Personnel committee is forwarding the recommendation to hire Jim Reid to work with the City to better relations with and between Council, Mayor, and the leadership team. Council will discuss the recommendation on Tuesday night, March 11th.  If Council approves the recommendation and moves forward with Jim Reid, he will be available on March 14th, 1:00-2:30 to discuss his proposal and process. Narrative As you may recall, the Council charged Personnel Committee members Councilmember Strom Peterson and Councilmember Adrienne Fraley Monillas with finding a consultant to work with the Council. After identifying three individuals, one was unable to commit because he is in Australia. Strom and Adrienne interviewed the other two, and requested a complete scope of work from Jim Reid. Councilmembers Peterson and Fraley Monillas are recommending the Council contract with Mr. Jim Reid for the attached scope of work and cost. In addition, Jim Reid is available to attend the City Council retreat to begin the process. Attached is Mr. Reid's proposal and a brief biography.  Attachments Jim Reid Proposal Jim Reid Bio Packet Page 256 of 265 Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 09:20 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 09:23 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 09:30 AM Form Started By: Carrie Hite Started On: 03/10/2014 08:44 AM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 257 of 265 JAMES FALCONER REID, PRINCIPAL 1300 SW Webster Street Seattle, Washington 98106 Phone: 206.324.2061 Email: jfalconerreid@comcast.net Website: www.falconergroup.net       STRENGTHENING TRUST, COMMUNICATION, AND COOPERATION AMONG EDMONDS CITY COUNCIL MEMBERS AND BETWEEN THE COUNCIL AND THE MAYOR AND HIS LEADERSHIP TEAM Submitted by Jim Reid, The Falconer Group 1 March 2014       This  project’s  principal  goal  is  to  strengthen  trust,  communication,  and  cooperation   among  the  Edmonds  City  Council  members,  and  between  them  and  Mayor  Earling  and   his  senior  leadership  team.    To  achieve  this  outcome,  we’ll  identify,  discuss,  and  define   the  common  interests  of  the  Council  members,  Mayor,  and  department  directors.    We   will  also  examine  the  leadership,  learning,  and  decision-­‐making  styles  of  the   participants.         Some  of  the  likely  products  of  this  process  will  be  a  “cultural  statement,”  clarification  of   roles  and  responsibilities,  ground  rules  or  protocols  for  working  together,  dispute   resolution  strategies,  and  communications  tools  and  techniques.    We  could  also   examine  how  Council  meetings-­‐of-­‐the-­‐whole  and  committee  meetings  are  conducted  to   determine  if  new  approaches  or  techniques  might  help  the  group  strengthen  decision-­‐ making,  communications,  and  teamwork.       Three  workshops  are  proposed  to  produce  the  specific  and  practical  tools  that  are   needed  to  achieve  the  overarching  goal.    They  could  be  approximately  three  weeks   apart  to  allow  for  reflection  and  the  completion  of  assignments,  but  they  can  be  closer   to  or  farther  apart  depending  on  the  schedules  of  the  participants.                                   Packet Page 258 of 265 THE FALCONER GROUP’S PROPOSED SCOPE OF WORK       Phases  and  Tasks              Completion  Date     I. DEFINE ISSUES AND PROBLEMS TO RESOLVE 03.14.14   Jim Reid’s tasks include:   § Conduct  confidential  Interviews  of:    a)  each  City  Council  member;     b)  the  Mayor;  and  c)  department  directors,  including  the  City  Clerk.       The  purposes  of  the  interviews  are  to  identify:    a)  issues  and     conditions  that  appear  to  be  undermining  trust,  communication,     cooperation,  and  collaboration;  b)  each  person’s    interests  in     serving  the  City  and  being  part  of  the  team;  and  c)  each  person’s     leadership,  learning,  and  decision-­‐making  style.          (Due  to  the  vacancy  on  the  Council,  seven  Council  interviews  will     be  conducted,  unless  a  new  member  is  soon  appointed.    This         proposal  assumes  all  interviews  will  last  one  hour.)         § Based  on  the  interviews,  draft  a  brief  problem  statement  and  the   common  interests  of  the  Council,  Mayor,  and  leadership  team.    A     companion  document  could  be  a  list  of  draft  ground  rules  to  guide   decision-­‐making  and  strengthening  teamwork  and  communication.           II. FACILITATE UNDERSTANDING OF THE PARTIES’ MUTUAL INTERESTS 04.05.14   The  goal  of  this  workshop  is  to  achieve  understanding  of  each  participant’s     interests,  needs,  and  expectations,  and  the  mutual  interests  of  the  group.         Jim Reid’s tasks include:   § Design  a  three  or  four-­‐hour  workshop  for  the  City  Council,  Mayor,   and  department  directors  during  which  they  discuss  and  recognize:   a)  the  unique  interests  of  each  person  and  the  common  interests     of  the  group;  b)  their  individual  and  collective  leadership,  learning,     and  decision-­‐making  styles;  and  c)  the  roles  and  responsibilities  of     elected  and  high-­‐ranking  appointed  officials.         § If  appropriate  for  this  workshop,  design  an  exercise  that  gives     the  participants  the  opportunity  to  “practice”  dispute  resolution     strategies  and  communications  tools  and  techniques.     § Facilitate  the  workshop.   § Produce  a  summary  of  the  key  discussions  and  decisions,  and     send  it  to  the  participants  for  review  and  approval.                 Packet Page 259 of 265 III. FACILITATE IDENTIFICATION OF ROLES AND RESPONSIBILITIES 04.26.14 AND DEVELOPMENT OF GROUND RULES   The  goals  of  this  workshop  are  to  clarify  and  understand  the  roles  and   responsibilities  of  the  parties  and  begin  to  develop  ground  rules  and  a   “cultural  statement.”       Jim Reid’s tasks include:   § Design  and  produce  an  agenda  for  a  two  or  three-­‐hour  meeting   at  which  the  Council  members,  Mayor,  and  department  outline     their  respective  roles  and  responsibilities,  develop  a  “cultural”   statement  describing  the  kind  of  work  environment  they  want  to   establish  in  the  City,  and  develop  ground  rules  to  guide  decision-­‐     making  and  strengthen  teamwork.     § Design  an  exercise  that  gives  the  participants  the  opportunity  to     strengthen  their  skills  in  the  areas  we  have  focused  on  during  the     first  two  workshops.       § Facilitate  the  workshop.   § Produce  a  summary  of  key  discussions,  decisions,  and  agreements   and  send  it  to  the  participants  for  review  and  approval.           IV. FACILITATE AGREEMENTS ON ROLES/RESPONSILITIES, 05.17.14 GROUND RULES, AND COMMUNICATIONS PROTOCOLS   The  goals  of  this  workshop  are  to  reach  agreement  on  the  roles  and     responsibilities  of  the  parties,  ground  rules,    a  “cultural”  statement,     and  communications  protocols.     Jim Reid’s tasks include:   § Design  and  produce  an  agenda  for  a  two  or  three-­‐hour  meeting   at  which  the  Council  members,  Mayor,  and  department  reach     agreement  on  their  respective  roles  and  responsibilities,  a  “cultural”   statement,  ground  rules,  and  communications  protocols.   § Facilitate  the  workshop.   § Produce  a  summary  of  the  key  discussions,  decisions,  and  agreements   and  send  it  to  the  participants  for  review  and  approval.         Packet Page 260 of 265 THE FALCONER GROUP’S PROPOSED BUDGET     Notes:     § The  Falconer  Group’s  costs  for  this  project  will  be  $5,915.     § This  total  cost  would  change  only  if  the  City  requests  that  Jim  provide  additional  services   that  go  beyond  those  described  in  the  Scope  of  Work.    In  this  case,  the  City  and  Jim  would   agree  on  the  additional  services  that  Jim  will  provide  and  their  total  cost.       § The  Falconer  Group  does  not  charge  for  travel  time  and  other  expenses  such  as     long  distance  telephone  calls,  printing,  mailing  and  faxing.       Packet Page 261 of 265 JIM REID Jim Reid is the founder and principal of THE FALCONER GROUP, which he established in 1995. His expertise is in organizational and leadership development, strategic planning, and conflict resolution. He has devoted his career to resolving disputes, creating visionary yet practical strategic plans, and strengthening leadership, communications, implementation, and partnerships. He is certified in facilitating 360 Leadership Assessments to develop or strengthen the leadership skills of executives. Jim teaches courses on conflict resolution and consensus building at the University of Washington's Daniel J. Evans Graduate School of Public Affairs and at the School of Public Health’s Northwest Center for Public Health Practice. For the Evans School he also teaches courses on facilitation, managing change, and building relationships. For the Cascade Executive Programs, he teaches intensive courses on mediation/negotiation and communications to senior leaders and managers. In the early 1990s Jim served as the director of King County’s Planning and Community Development Division, where he focused on strengthening the agency’s leadership and culture, improving customer service, and building intergovernmental and public-private partnerships to implement the State’s Growth Management Act. Jim earned his Masters of Public Administration (MPA) from the Evans School. He was certified in 360 Leadership Assessments at the Center for Creative Leadership (CCL) in Colorado Springs, Colorado. He is a Phi Beta Kappa graduate of the University of Minnesota, Minneapolis. Packet Page 262 of 265    AM-6655     10.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:10 Minutes   Submitted For:Council President Buckshnis Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Committee Assignments Recommendation None Previous Council Action During the first Council Meeting of the year, Committee assignments are made by the newly-elected Council President. Narrative Committee assignments have become an item of discussion recently with some wondering why we sit on some committees and while other wonder why we have two members on a committee. Also, questions have been asked if the Mayor’s Climate Protection Committee should be added.  So, this item is to discuss our role in each committee as well as the regional view of Edmonds on these committees as well.  Attachments 2014 Council Committee Assignments Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 10:38 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 10:47 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 11:05 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/07/2014 09:15 AM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 263 of 265 2014 Council Appointments PLANNING/PARKS/PUBLIC WORKS FINANCE PUBLIC SAFETY/PERSONNEL Bloom Position #6 Petso, Chair Johnson Peterson Fraley-Monillas As of 3/7/2014 OTHER COUNCIL APPOINTED COMMITTEES COMMUNITY TECHNOLOGY ADVISORY COMMITTEE (CTAC) Position #6 CITY-WIDE PARKING COMMITTEE (Name change announced by Plunkett at 3-23-2010 Council Meeting) Council Position #6 Peterson COMMUNITY TRANSIT (Pd by CT) Earling Buckshnis (Alt) DISABILITY BOARD (Appt by Mayor) Bloom Fraley-Monillas ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT COMMISSION Johnson Peterson HIGHWAY 99 TASK FORCE Fraley-Monillas Johnson HISTORIC PRESERVATION COMMISSION Petso Johnson LAKE BALLINGER WORK GROUP Peterson LODGING TAX ADVISORY COMMITTEE Bloom PFD OVERSIGHT COMMITTEE Petso PFD TASK FORCE Peterson Petso MAYOR’S CLIMATE PROTECTION COMMITTEE Johnson (2014 Appointment by Mayor Earling) PORT OF EDMONDS Bloom REGIONAL FIRE AUTHORITY Peterson Petso Earling SEASHORE TRANSPORTATION FORUM 2014 Position #6 SNO. COUNTY EMERGENCY RADIO SYSTEM Governing Board Peterson SNOCOM Position #6 SNOHOMISH HEALTH DISTRICT (Pd by District) Fraley-Monillas SNOHOMISH COUNTY TOMORROW Buckshnis Johnson (Alt.) SALMON RECOVERY – WRIA 8 Buckshnis TREE BOARD LIAISON Bloom Packet Page 264 of 265    AM-6656     11.              City Council Retreat Meeting Date:03/14/2014 Time:15 Minutes   Submitted For:Councilmember Bloom/Council President Buckshnis Submitted By:Jana Spellman Department:City Council Review Committee: Committee Action:  Type: Information  Information Subject Title Discussion Regarding a Youth Coordinator Recommendation Previous Council Action Discussed in 2014 budget deliberations but no money designated to cause. Narrative During last retreat, the need for involving youth was discussed and ways in which we can involve more youth in the legislative process. The City each year attempts to have a high school student be part of the legislative process and each year, that goal has been successful.  During the budget process, discussion occurred regarding setting aside funds for a youth coordinator and it was decided not to pursue this action. Councilmember Bloom would like to pursue this discussion again.  Form Review Inbox Reviewed By Date City Clerk Scott Passey 03/10/2014 10:38 AM Mayor Dave Earling 03/10/2014 10:47 AM Finalize for Agenda Scott Passey 03/10/2014 11:05 AM Form Started By: Jana Spellman Started On: 03/07/2014 10:55 AM Final Approval Date: 03/10/2014  Packet Page 265 of 265